Está en la página 1de 86

Council of Managers of

National Antarctic Programs

ANTARCTIC
STATION
CATALOGUE

Version Date: August 2017


i
ANTARCTIC
STATION
CATALOGUE
THE COUNCIL OF MANAGERS
OF NATIONAL ANTARCTIC
PROGRAMS
COMNAP Secretariat
Private Bag 4800
Christchurch, New Zealand
www.comnap.aq

ANTARCTIC
© COMNAP and contributors 2017
First published August 2017

Graphic design: Jane Blatchford


This book is copyright. Apart from any fair dealing for the
STATION
CATALOGUE
purpose of private study, research or review, as permitted under
the Copyright Act, no part may be reproduced by any process
without the permission of the publisher.
The designations employed, including geographic place names Council of Managers of
National Antarctic Programs
and statements made in regards to dates, or presentation
of material, does not imply the expression of any opinion
whatsoever on the part of COMNAP concerning the legal status
of any country, territory, or authority. Mention or photo of a
commercial entity or product does not imply endorsement by
COMNAP.
ISBN 978-0-473-40409-3
Cover photo: The image on the cover is a portion of the
photograph entitled “Prud’homme Traverse”, by photographer
F. LEPAGE. The photograph, in its entirety, can be found in
this Antarctic Station Catalogue on page 1.
FOREWORD
Providing information in relation to the capabilities of national Antarctic programmes is
a significant responsibility, and one that all programmes take very seriously. It is also an
obligation that places a burden on already busy national Antarctic programme staff, who
must provide the information into multiple databases and systems and must ensure that the
provision of data into each is done in a timely manner that addresses the need for currency
in the data.
The task is often complicated and time-consuming, since many of the databases ask for
the same data to be input across multiple organisations, and some of the databases require
specific expertise in order to contribute to them. For example, the air operations database in
support of the COMNAP Antarctic Flight Information Manual (AFIM) requires that someone
with in-depth knowledge of aviation infrastructures and operations be responsible for
understanding AFIM data requirements and for providing the relevant data.
COMNAP as the international association of the national Antarctic programmes from 30
Antarctic Treaty nations is in a good position to assist its members to share information on
their programmes. In the past, COMNAP has tried to develop a one-off system that would
respond to stakeholders’ needs, but this approach proved impossible to achieve and to keep
current. Now, with advances in technologies, and with the availability of off-the-shelf and open-
source software packages, COMNAP has developed a database that supports a range of
products and tools to exchange information amongst COMNAP members, with other Antarctic
institutions, and with the general public. This catalogue of national Antarctic programmes’
stations is one such tool.
I am very grateful to COMNAP Vice-Chair Dr Yves Frenot for bringing to COMNAP the
opportunity to develop the catalogue and for working in his role as COMNAP Vice-Chair to
provide oversight and ensure the project was delivered in a timely manner.
As the head of a national Antarctic programme, I personally understand the need for up-to-
date information that is freely exchanged amongst our programmes. It assists us in our daily
science support operations and in times of incidents and emergencies. I hope that COMNAP
Member national Antarctic programmes will continue to keep the information in the COMNAP
database relevant and up-to-date to ensure that the products we are producing for the use of
our stakeholders remain useful and accurate.
It is my pleasure to present to you the COMNAP station catalogue.

Professor Kazuyuki Shiraishi


NIPR Director-General
COMNAP Chairman

vi vi COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations


PREFACE
The COMNAP Antarctic Station Catalogue project began as a collaboration with the EU-
PolarNet (http://www.eu-polarnet.eu/) on their European Polar Infrastructures Project.
As part of that project, and given my dual roles as co-task leader on the Eu-PolarNet
Infrastructures Project and as COMNAP Vice-Chair I was in a unique position to be able to
see the benefit of EU-PolarNet and COMNAP working together on gathering infrastructures
data. COMNAP contributed to the set-up of the database form fields, and committed to
collecting the data on infrastructure in the Antarctic, not only from its Europe-based COMNAP
Member national Antarctic programmes, but from all 30 COMNAP Members. The data
collected on the Antarctic facilities operated by European countries were then delivered on
time to EU-PolarNet for inclusion in its own catalogue of European Polar infrastructures.
In addition, collecting all the infrastructure data presented an opportunity for COMNAP, on its
own, to develop its own database system, to update any out-dated data in the old products
and tools, and to use the new system and data to produce a range of products that will
support the Antarctic community in many of their tasks, especially those tasks related to
international co-operation in science and science support.
So, this catalogue represents but one of the many things that undertaking the project will
allow us to achieve. The pages of the catalogue themselves can now be regularly updated as
national Antarctic programmes update the information in the database. All the information held
in the database will be available to COMNAP Members and much of the non-sensitive data
will be made available to Antarctic Treaty System organisations and also to the public.
We are also excited that this project allowed us to additionally develop a Geographic
Information System (GIS) interface accessible from the COMNAP website. Such an interface
is easy to use and very visual and interactive manner.
The catalogue could not have been completed without the work of Andrea Colombo and
Michelle Rogan-Finnemore from the COMNAP Secretariat, or without Brad Herried from
the US Polar Geospatial Center, who developed the COMNAP database. Also, on the EU
side of the project, it was a pleasure to work with my co-task leader Gonçalo Vieira from the
Instituto de Geografia e Ordenamento do Território (IGOT) at the University of Lisbon, as well
as his two collaborators, Luis Encalada and Carla Mora. Also collaborating was the European
INTERACT project (http://www.eu-interact.org/), which first developed a station catalogue
for the Arctic and gave us the idea to extend the work at the global level in order to have
a clear and updated overview of the research infrastructures in the polar regions. We are
grateful to all COMNAP Member national Antarctic programmes who have agreed to provide
the necessary information for the infrastructures database for all Antarctic facilities and we
continue to rely of those programmes for updates to this important database so that it remains
a robust source of information for the community.
I hope you enjoy the visually pleasing look of the catalogue and also that you find the
information contained therein useful.

Dr Yves Frenot
IPEV Director
COMNAP Vice Chairman
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Regions 1

INTRODUCTION
About the Council of Managers of National COMNAP is an active player in the international Antarctic
community. As the recent COMNAP Antarctic Roadmap
Antarctic Programs (COMNAP)
Challenges (ARC) project has demonstrated, Antarctic science
COMNAP is the international association, formed in 1988, which support is expensive and some major Antarctic scientific
brings together its Members, who are the National Antarctic programmes will continue to require international collaboration
Programs. National Antarctic Programs are those organizations to succeed. COMNAP’s work to improve international
that have responsibility for delivering and supporting scientific cooperation has helped make Antarctic operations substantially
research in the Antarctic Treaty Area on behalf of their more economic and efficient, and delivered scientific results not
respective governments and in the spirit of the Antarctic Treaty. obtainable by any one national Antarctic program alone.
COMNAP’s purpose which can be found in its Constitution is to
The Structure of the COMNAP Station
“develop and promote best practice in managing the support of
scientific research in Antarctica”. It does this by:   Catalogue
Serving as a forum to develop practices that improve This catalogue is produced in order to provide COMNAP
effectiveness of activities in an environmentally responsible Members with a useful tool that allows for the sharing of
manner;  information on Antarctic station infrastructure and its science
support capabilities. It is hoped that other organisations within
Facilitating and promoting international partnerships;  the Antarctic Treaty System will also find the catalogue contains Antarctic  Conservation  Biogeographic  Regions 1

Providing opportunities and systems for information valuable information and it is also a way to inform the general
exchange; and  public of the level of activity their country supports in the
Region Name Area  (km2)  
Antarctic Treaty region. 1 North-­‐east  Antarctic  Peninsula 1215
Providing the Antarctic Treaty System with objective and 2
3
South  Orkney  Islands
North-­‐west  Antarctic  Peninsula
160
5183
practical, technical and non-political advice drawn from the The catalogue contains information on Antarctic stations run or 4 Central  south  Antarctic  Peninsula 4962

National Antarctic Programs’ pool of expertise. operated by COMNAP Member national Antarctic programs, it 5
6
Enderby  Land
Dronning  Maud  Land
2188
5523
does not include every facility in the Antarctic. The data was 7
8
East  Antarctica
North  Victoria  Land
1109
9431
About our Members populated in the database by the national Antarctic programs 9
10
South  Victoria  Land
Transantarctic  Mountains
10038
18480
themselves. In some cases the fields were required/compulsory 11 Ellsworth  Mountains 2859
COMNAP consists of 30 National Antarctic Program Members. and in some cases an answer was optional. The database
12
13
Marie  Byrd  Land
Adelie  Land
1128
178
Each Member program is represented by the Manager of that fields, an indication of compulsory or optional nature, and any
14 Ellsworth  Land 217
15 South  Antarctic  Peninsula 2875
National Antarctic Program and/or the Deputy Manager of dropdown choices that were automatically available for any field
16 Prince  Charles  Mountains 5992

that program.  National Antarctic Programs collectively have are listed on the next two pages; you can use this as a guide as 1
the greatest first-hand experience of living and working in
Terauds, A., and Lee, J. R. (2016) Antarctic biogeography revisited: updating the Antarctic conservation biogeographic regions. Diversity and Distributions 22:836-840.

you browse the catalogue.


the Antarctic.  Many of the National Antarctic Programs have
The stations are listed in the catalogue in alphabetical order of
Environmental Domains of Antarctica 2

operated in the Antarctic since the International Geophysical


Year (IGY) of 1957/58. country.
COMNAP representatives do a range of projects and participate The map of Antarctica shown with the table of contents,
in COMNAP Expert Group activities, including symposiums and indicates the distribution of the stations listed in this catalogue
workshops throughout the year.  They also meet annually to and is also a reflection of the COMNAP Antarctic Facilities GIS
discuss cooperative logistics, operations and science support, interface that you can find on the COMNAP website (www.
develop standard operational procedures based on best practice, comnap.aq). By way of the GIS interface on the website, you can
and formulate technical, practical and non-political advice to select particular stations and get further information about each
the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meetings (ATCMs) and the one. Many of the stations have on-line web cameras which are
Committee for Environmental Protection (CEP). linked through the GIS. The GIS interface also includes refuges,
camps and other facilities that are not included in this catalogue.
What we do In the GIS, each has a link to national Antarctic program
information including the organisational structure and a link to
COMNAP has developed comprehensive guidelines on a range
their home websites.
of topics in support of science in Antarctica. These include
air safety, managing waste, preventing of spills, contingency
planning, search & rescue coordination, use of remotely Acknowledgements
piloted aircraft, and reducing human impact on the Antarctic Environmental  Domains  of  Antarctica2

environment. Over the years, we have addressed topical issues Information and photos in the catalogue were provided by the A Antarctic Peninsula northern geologic

by way of networks and Expert Groups which have focused COMNAP Member national Antarctic programs. Photos are B Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern latitudes geologic
C Antarctic Peninsula southern geologic

on air and ship operations, energy management, technology credited to the programs or to the individual photographer D East Antarctic coastal geologic (e.g. Vestfold, Bunger, Wilson hills)
E Antarctic Peninsula, Alexander and other islands main ice fields and glaciers)

applications and advancements, training, education & outreach, if know. The information and photos remain the property of F Larsen Ice Shelf (also includes Prince Gustav and other northern peninsula ice shelf remnants)
G Antarctic Peninsula offshore islands (e.g. most of Deception Island)

and environmental management issues. We publish and the national Antarctic program which provided it and they H East Antarctic low latitude glacier tongues (e.g. Mertz, Rennick)
I East Antarctic ice shelves (e.g. Fimbulisen, Amery, Shackleton, Cook, Moubray Bay)

maintain a number of products such as the AFIM, the Antarctic should not be reproduced without permission. COMNAP also J Southern latitude coastal fringe ice shelves and floating glaciers (e.g. Pine Island,Thwaites, Getz, Drygalski)
K Northern latitude ice shelves (e.g. Wordie, George VI, Wilkins, Abbot, Riser-Larsenisen, Nansen)
L Continental coastal-zone ice sheet
Telecommunications Operators Manual (ATOM) and the Ship acknowledges the roles of Eu-Polarnet and INTERACT in the M Continental mid-latitude sloping ice (e.g. Ellsworth & Coats lands, upper Lambert Gl, northern Berkner & Thurston islands)
N East Antarctic inland ice sheet
Position reporting System (SPRS) which is undergoing a review collaborative development of the initial survey which provided O West Antarctic Ice Sheet (also includes inland Coats Land, Taylor Dome, Ross Island ice cap)
P Ross and Ronne-Filchner ice shelves
to include positions of aircraft as when as ships. The COMNAP the interface to collect the data and for the idea of and general Q East Antarctic high interior ice sheet
R Transantarctic Mountains geologic (Shackleton Range to Cook Mountains)
Station Catalogue is a new product that we are pleased to add lay-out for the catalogue. For further information on INTERACT S McMurdo - South Victoria Land geologic (also includes Ellsworth, Werner etc mountains)
T Inland continental geologic (Dronning Maud, MacRobertson, Victoria, Oates lands, Ford Range)

to our range of informative publications. see http://www.eu-interact.org/. U North Victoria Land geologic (also includes Executive Committee Range, Prince Charles & Jones mountains)

1
Terauds, A., and Lee, J. R. (2016) Antarctic biogeography revisited: updating the Antarctic conservation biogeographic regions. Diversity and Distributions 22:836-840.
v COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations 2
Morgan F, Barker G, Briggs C, Price R and Keys H. 2007. Environmental Domains of Antarctica Version 2.0 Final Report, Manaaki Whenua Landcare Research New Zealand Ltd, 89 pages. vi
Compulsory Data
CATALOGUE DATA FIELDS Optional Data

Data category as presented into the Catalogue Options to choose from or free text field Showers Yes; No.
Facility name and National Antarctic Program Laundry facilities Yes; No.
Coordinates (Latitude/Longitude) Power supply type Fossil fuel; Renewable.
Type: Airfield camp; Camp; Depot; Laboratory; Refuge; Station. Power supply (V)
Operational period: Opening-Closing months; Year-round. Power supply (hours per day)
Location Hydroponics facilities Yes; No.
Biodiversity and natural environment Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
History and facilities Number of scientist on station (peak/summer season)
General research and databases Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)

Features in the facility area Atmospheric: Clear air zone; High elevation; Low artificial light pollution; Low humidity; Other Atmospheric. Number of scientist on station (off peak/winter season)
Biological: Bird colonies; Seal colonies; Other Biological. Geomorphological: Bluff; Coast; Fjord; Hill; Lake; Melt streams; Moraine; Mountain; Max number of personnel at a time (staff, scientists and others)
Permanent snowpatches; Plateau; Rock; Sea; Shoreline; Terrestrial geothermal; Valley; Other Geomorphological. Glacial: Blue ice; Crevasse;
Specific device/Scientific equipment
Ice cap or glacier; Ice shelf; Ice tongue; Nunatak; Sea ice; Snow; Sustrugi; Other Glacial.
Scientific service possible
Main science disciplines3 Analytical chemistry, Animal tracking, Anthropology, Archaeology, Astronomy, Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and
physics*, Atmospheric sciences, Atomic/molecular physics, Bacteriology, Biochemistry, Biogeography, Bioinformatics, Biological sciences – other, Long-term monitoring/observations
Biology, Biophysics, Botany, Cell and molecular biology, Climate studies, Climatology *, Climate change*, Computer sciences, Data processing, MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes; No.
Developmental biology, Earth and atmospheric sciences – other, Ecology, Ecosystem modelling, Entomology and parasitology, Environmental
policy, Environmental sciences, Evolutionary biology, Fisheries management, Fisheries modelling, Fishery*, Genetics, Geochemistry, Geocryology*, Area of medical facilities (m2)
Geodesy*, Geoheritage, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics and seismology, GIS*, Glaciology, Hydrology*, Humanities, Human biology *, Human Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
impacts, Information sciences, Inorganic chemistry, Isotopic chemistry*, Limnology, Mapping, Marine biology, Medicine*, Meteorology, Microbiology,
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Microcomputer applications, Natural resource management, Nuclear physics, Oceanography, Optics, Organic chemistry, Paleobiology, Paleoclima-
tology*, Paleoecology*, Paleolimnology*, Paleontology, Psychology, Physical chemistry, Physics, Physics and astronomy – other, Planetary science, Capability Basic; Dental; Surgery; None.
Pollution*, Population monitoring, Quantum physics, Remediation, Sedimentology *,Sociology, Social science, Soil biology, Soil science *, Solid state Equipment Aeromedical equipment; Altitude medicine; Anaesthesia; Biochemistry; Blood transfusion
physics, Systems analysis, Systems biology, Terrestrial biology *, Toxicology, Volcanology, Zoology. medicine; Diagnostic X-ray; Diagnostic ultrasound; Endoscopy; Haematology; Hyperbaric
CLIMATE recompression chamber; Laboratory diagnostics; Microbiology; Ophthalmology;
Telemedicine; Other. If Other, specify.
Climate Zone Inland Antarctica; Coastal Antarctica; Maritime Antarctica.
Distance to hospital (km)
Permafrost Continuous; Discontinuous; Sporadic; None.
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Mean annual wind speed (km/h)
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Max wind speed (km/h)
Medical research capabilities Yes; No.
Dominant wind direction N; NE; NW; S; SE; SW; E; W.
Medical research requirements Yes; No.
Sea ice break up Jan; Feb; Mar; Apr; May; Jun; Jul; Aug; Sep; Oct; Nov; Dec; None.
Snow free period Jan; Feb; Mar; Apr; May; Jun; Jul; Aug; Sep; Oct; Nov; Dec; None. VEHICLES AT FACILITY

Total annual precipitation Sea transportation

Precipitation type Rain; Snow; Snow and rain; Other. If Other, specify. Land transportation

Mean annual temperature (°C) WORKSHOP FACILITIES ICTS (Staff available to assist with constructions); Mechanical; Metal workshop; Plexiglas work-
shop; Wood workshop; Other. If Other, specify.
Mean temperature in February (°C)
COMMUNICATIONS Computer; E-mail; Fax; Internet; Printer; Satellite telephone; Scanner; Telephone; VHF.
Mean temperature in July (°C)
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
ENVIRONMENT
Access Air; Land; Sea.
Region Antarctic Peninsula; Continental Antarctica.
Transport to facility 4WD; Airplane; Helicopter; Quad; Ship; Skidoo; Walking.
Antarctic Environmental Domain Dropdown list A – U of Environmental Domains of Antarctica
Number of airstrips
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region Dropdown list 1 – 16 Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Regions
Length (m) of longest runway
Altitude of facility (m)
Width (m) of longest runway
Type of surface built on Glacier; Ice-free ground; Ice-sheet; Ice-shelf; Other. If Other, specify.
Number of flight visit per year
Long term monitoring Yes; No.
Period of flight visit per year Jan; Feb; Mar; Apr; May; Jun; Jul; Aug; Sep; Oct; Nov; Dec; None.
Waste management Yes; No.
Helipad Yes; No.
Hazard(ous) management Yes; No.
Number of ship visits per year
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Period of ship visits per year Jan; Feb; Mar; Apr; May; Jun; Jul; Aug; Sep; Oct; Nov; Dec; None.
Area under roof (m2)
Ship landing facilities Breakwater/Bulkhead; Drydock; Floating dock/Pontoon; Ice pier; None; Port; Pier/Jetty;
Area scientific laboratories (m2) Wetdock.
Type of scientific laboratories Biology; Chemistry; Geology; Geophysics; GIS; Scientific diving; None; Other. NATIONAL ANTARCTIC PROGRAM WEBSITE
If Other, specify.
Conference room (capacity) Total number of seats. 3
The options in this data field are the SCAR scientific discipline list. Additional items are indicated with a * and are those suggested by National
Antarctic Programs for inclusion.
Logistic area (m2)
Number of beds

vii COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations viii


ANTARCTIC STATION CATALOGUE CONTENTS ANTARCTIC FACILITIES MAP
Country Name Latitude Longitude Page
Argentina Belgrano II 77°52’26”S 34°37’40”W 2
Argentina Brown 64°53’43”S 62°52’13”W 4
See the “Our Members” page at www.comnap.aq for an interactive GIS Orcadas
Argentina Camara 62°35’38”S 59°55’09”W 6
that uses this map interface. Signy
Argentina Carlini 62°14’27”S 58°40’01”W 8
Argentina Decepcion 62°58’36”S 60°42’02”W 10 Indicates a year-round facility
Argentina Esperanza 63°23’50”S 56°59’54”W 12
Indicates a seasonal facility
Argentina Marambio 64°14’50”S 56°37’39”W 14
Argentina Matienzo 64°58’55”S 60°04’25”W 16
Argentina Melchior 64°19’54”S 62°58’58”W 18
Argentina Orcadas 60°44’25”S 44°44’24"W 20
Argentina Petrel 63°28’42”S 56°13’57”W 22 1 2
Argentina Primavera 64°09’35”S 60°57’25”W 24
Argentina San Martin 68°07’47”S 67°06’10”W 26
Australia Casey 66°16’54’’S 110°31’39’’E 28
Australia Davis 68°34’36"S 77°58’02’’E 30
Australia Mawson 67°36’10’’S 62°52’28’’E 32
Belgium Princess Elisabeth 71°56‘59‘‘S 23°20’49’’E 34
Brazil Ferraz 62°05’08’’S 58°23’55’’W 36
Bulgaria St. Kliment Ohridski 62°38’26"S 60°21’55’’W 38
Chile Carvajal 67°45’38”S 68°54’53’’W 40 Inset 1
Chile Dr. Guillermo Mann 62°27’00’’S 60°47’00’’W 42
Chile Frei 62°12’00”S 58°57’48”W 44
Chile Gabriel Gonzalez Videla 64°49’25”S 62°51’26”W 46
Chile O’Higgins 63°19’15”S 57°53’59”W 48
Chile Prat 62°28’43”S 59°39’48”W 50
Chile Professor Julio Escudero 62°12’57’’S 58°57’35’’W 52
Chile Risopatron 62°22’17”S 59°42’53”W 54
Chile Yelcho 64°52’55’’S 63°35’03’’W 56
China Great Wall 62°13'03’’S 58°57 ’43’’W 58
China Kunlun 80°25’02’’S 77°06’58’’E 60
China Taishan 73°51’50’’S 76°58’27’’E 62
Inset 2
China Zhongshan 69°22’24’’S 76°22’40’’E 64
Czech Republic Johann Gregor Mendel 63°48’02’S 57°52’57’’W 66
Ecuador Pedro Vicente Maldonado 62°26’57’’S 59°44’27’’W 68
Finland Aboa 73°03’00’’S 13°25’00’’W 70
France / Italy Concordia 75°05’59’’S 123°19’57’’E 72
France Dumont d’Urville 66°39’77’’S 140°00‘08’’E 74
Germany Dallmann Laboratory 62°14’26’’S 58°40’00’’W 76
Germany Kohnen 75°00’06’’S 00°04’04’’E 78
Germany Neumayer III 70°41’00’’S 08°16’00’’W 80
India Bharati 69°24’24’’S 76°11’43’’E 82
India Maitri 70°46’00’’S 11°43’51’’E 84
Italy Mario Zucchelli 74°41’42’’S 164°07’23’’E 86
Japan Syowa 69°00‘25’’S 39°35’01’’E 88
Netherlands Dirck Gerritsz Laboratory 67°34’07’S 68°07'28’’W 90
New Zealand Scott Base 77°50’58’’S 166°46’02’’E 92
Norway Troll 72°00’43’’S 02°31’59’’E 94
Peru Machu Picchu 62°05’49’’S 58°28’23’’W 96
Poland Henryk Arctowski 69°09’35’’S 58°28’24’’W 98
Republic of Belarus Mountain Evening/Vechernyaya 67°39’35’’S 46°09’18’’E 100
Republic of Korea Jang Bogo 74°37’38’’S 164°14’16’’E 102
Republic of Korea King Sejong 62°13’39’’S 58°47’19’’W 104
Russia Bellingshausen 62°12’00’’S 58°58’00’’W 106
Russia Druzhnaya IV 69°44’00’’S 73°43’00’’E 108
Russia Leningradskaya 69°30’00’’S 159°23’00’’E 110
Russia Mirny 66°31’00’’S 93°01’00’’E 112
Russia Molodezhnaya 67°40’00’’S 45°51’00’’E 114
Russia Novolazarevskaya 70°46’00’’S 11°50’00’’E 116
Russia Oazis 66°16’00’’S 100°44’00’’E 118
Russia Progress 69°23’00’’S 76°23’00’’E 120
Russia Russkaya 74°45’00’’S 136°40’00’’W 122
Russia Vostok 78°28’00’’S 106°48’00’’E 124
South Africa SANAE IV 71°40’37’’S 02°50’42’’W 126
Spain Gabriel de Castilla 62°58’40’’S 60°00’30’’W 128
Spain International Field Camp Peninsula Byers 62°39’49’’S 61°05’59’’W 130
International
Spain Juan Carlos I 62°39’48’’S 60°23’17’’W 132 Field Camp
Sweden Wasa 73°03’00’’S 13°25’00’’W 134 Peninsula Byers
Ukraine Vernadsky 65°14’44’’S 64°15’27’’W 136
United Kingdom Halley VI 75°34’25’’S 25°28’01’’W 138
United Kingdom Rothera 67°34’00’’S 68°07’59’’W 140
United Kingdom Signy 60°42’30’’S 45°35’43’’W 142
United States Amundsen-Scott South Pole 90°S 0°E 144
United States McMurdo 77°50’53’’S 166°40’06’’E 146
United States Palmer 64°46’45’’S 64°03’20’’W 148
Uruguay Artigas 62°11’07’’S 58°54’14"W 150
Uruguay Ruperto Elichiribehety 63°24’14"S 59°59’45’’W 152
THE STATIONS

xviii xviii COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations xix


Photo: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico
ARGENTINA
CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
BELGRANO II

BELGRANO II
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Area under roof (m2) 578
Permafrost None Area scientific laboratories (m2) 76
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 21.1 Type of scientific laboratories: Geodetic GPS, Seismography station,
Earth's magnetic field, Ionospheric and aurorae sounding research,
Max wind speed (km/h) 241
Atmospheric ozone
Dominant wind direction SE Conference room (capacity) 6
Sea Ice Break Up January Logistic area (m2) 402
Snow free period None Number of beds 21
Total annual precipitation (mm) 299.4 Showers Yes
Precipitation type Snow Laundry facilities Yes
Mean annual temperature (°C) -12.9 Power supply type Fossil fuel
Mean temperature in February (°C) -6.7 Power supply (V) 220
Mean temperature in July (°C) -20.9 Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
ENVIRONMENT
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 20
Region Continental Antarctica
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4
Antarctic Environmental Domain: M - Continental mid-latitude sloping ice
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 16
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 10 - Transantarctic
Number of scientists on station 3
Mountains (off peak/winter season)
Altitude of facility (m) 256 Max number of personnel at a time 20

Belgrano II
Type of surface facility built on Ice-shelf (staff, scientists and others)
Long term monitoring Specific device/Scientific equipment: Meteorology: Instruments for
synoptic and climatological station surface, Ionospheric Sounder;
Programa Antártico Argentino Waste management Yes
Geophysics: Instruments for geomagnetic station, Fluxgate
Hazard(ous) management Yes Magnetometer, Balance of zero magnetic B.M.Z. La Cour, Declinometer
Fuel spill response capability Yes La Cour, Seismograph
77°52’26’’S 34°37’40’’W General research and databases Scientific services possible: Seismograph data transmitted in real
time. The main scientific programs carried out at the station are on
Various research are conducted at Belgrano II station such as: astronomy, geodesy, meteorology, ozone monitoring, geophysics,
Type: Station Ionospheric soundings and recording of ionospheric absorption; seismography, studies of solar system, studies of the atmosphere
Continuous measurements of geomagnetic variations; Absolute Long-term monitoring/observations: Atmospheric ozone, Seismological
Operational period: magnetic field; Geodesy (in cooperation with France, Germany monitoring
and Italy): GPS / GNSS continuous survey, or radio propagation MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Year-round signal contributing to the International DORIS Service; Antarctic Area of medical facility (m2)
seismological network, also in cooperation with Italy: Antarctic Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Location Seismograph Argentinean Italian Network (ASAIN), project Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Belgrano II station is located on the Bertrab nunatak in Coats started in 1992; Ozone monitoring; Chronobiology of Antarctic Capability: Basic, Surgery
Land, East Antarctic Shield, along Vahsel bay, Confin Coast, isolation (in cooperation with Germany, Belgium, USA, Austria Equipment: Diagnostic x-ray, Laboratory diagnostics, Diagnostic
Weddell Sea. It is approximately 1,300 km from the South Pole. and France); Astronomy: LAGO project (Large Aperture Gamma ultrasound, Anaesthesia, telemedicine, defibrillator, electrocardiograph,
ray Observatory); Meteorological monitoring. oxygen therapy equipment
Biodiversity and natural Distance to hospital (km) 2886.5

environment Features in the facility area Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Closest emergency facility external (km) 2886.5
Lichens and mosses on the rocks. Fauna is present only during Blue ice, Clear air zone, High elevation, Ice shelf, Nunatak,
Medical research capabilities No
the summer, with some skuas, gulls and Wilson petrels. Flocks Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sustrugui.
Medical screening requirements No
of petrels can be seen migrating to the south. VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Main science disciplines Sea transportation: None
History and facilities Atmospheric sciences, Geodesy, Geophysics, Meteorology. Land transportation: Three snow cats, Seven snowmobiles
Belgrano I was established in 1955 and in 1979 was evacuated WORKSHOP FACILITIES
and relieved by Belgrano II, due to the deterioration of the ice on ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
which it was sitting; Belgrano II was inaugurated on 5 February COMMUNICATIONS
1979. There is a cross near the station, which has been declared Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone,
VHF
Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 43.
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway 2000
Width (m) of longest runway 600
Number of flight visits per year 3
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 1
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
Ship landing facilities: Ice pier

2 2 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 3


Photo: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico
ARGENTINA
CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
BROWN

BROWN
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Area under roof (m2) 178
Permafrost Discontinuous Area scientific laboratories (m2) 41
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22.3 Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Oceanography
Conference room (capacity)
Max wind speed (km/h)
Logistic area (m2) 53
Dominant wind direction W
Number of beds 0
Sea Ice Break Up October
Showers Yes
Snow free period January, February
Laundry facilities Yes
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Precipitation type Snow Power supply (V) 220
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.4 Power supply (hours per day) 24
Mean temperature in February (°C) Hydroponics facilities No
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.9 Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 8
ENVIRONMENT Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4
Region Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: B - Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern Number of scientists on station
latitudes geologic (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 12
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
(staff, scientists and others)
Peninsula
Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent
Altitude of facility (m) 22 equipment at the station
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Scientific services possible:
Long term monitoring No Long-term monitoring/observations:
MEDICAL FACILITIES No

Brown
Waste management Yes
Hazard(ous) management Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 0
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Programa Antártico Argentino Fuel spill response capability Yes
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability:
Equipment:
64°53’43.3’’S 62°52’13.6’’W General research and databases Distance to hospital (km) 1162
Multidisciplinary research program to study the coastal Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 306.7
Type: Station environment of Paradise Bay are carried out at and near Brown Closest emergency facility external (km) 1162
station. A variety of oceanographic, chemical, physical and Medical research capabilities
Operational period: biological data collected at the bay are used to study currents Medical screening requirements Yes
circulation and the thermohaline structure of the water column
October–March in the bay.
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Location Land transportation:

Brown station is located at Proa Head, Sanavirón/Coughtrey


Features in the facility area WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Bay Islands, Rock. General repairs
Peninsula, along Paradise Harbour, Gerlache Strait, on Danco
COMMUNICATIONS
Coast, Bellingshausen sea. Satellite phone, VHF
Main science disciplines TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Biodiversity and natural Meteorology, Oceanography. Access Sea
environment Transport to facility: Ship
Number of airstrips 0
Facilities are given by the Ortiz Hut and the old main facilities, Length (m) of longest runway
linked by a narrow beach. Gentoo penguins nest around the Width (m) of longest runway
station buildings. Nesting sites of Antarctic pigeons and skuas
Number of flight visits per year
can also be found within the station. Other birds (shags, terns
Period of flight visits per year:
and small petrels) also nest in the vicinity, but outside the station
Helipad No
area. Seals are occasionally found resting in coastal areas of
Number of ship visits per year 100
Brown station, and whales can often be seen in the adjacent
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April, October,
waters.
November, December
Ship landing facilities: Jetty
History and facilities
Brown station was Inaugurated on 6 of April of 1951 originally
as a meteorological observatory and logistical support station; it
has been temporarily closed in 1960. In 1964, it was expanded
with a larger house-room, three laboratories, an emergency
radio station and a library. On February 1965, it was reopened
as a permanent station containing a modern biology lab and
named Scientific Station Almirante Brown. On April 12, 1984, a
fire partially destroyed the main building. Currently, renovation of
installations is being carried out in order to strengthen its logistic
and scientific capabilities.

4 4 COMNAPCatalogue
COMNAP Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 5
Photo: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico
ARGENTINA
CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
CAMARA

CAMARA
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Area under roof (m2) 483
Permafrost Discontinuous Area scientific laboratories (m2) 16
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22.3 Type of scientific laboratories: Geology
Conference room (capacity)
Max wind speed (km/h)
Logistic area (m2) 337
Dominant wind direction W
Number of beds 20
Sea Ice Break Up October
Showers Yes
Snow free period January, February
Laundry facilities Yes
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Precipitation type Snow Power supply (V) 220
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.4 Power supply (hours per day) 24
Mean temperature in February (°C) Hydroponics facilities No
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.9 Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 15
ENVIRONMENT Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 5
Region Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: B - Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern Number of scientists on station
latitudes geologic (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 22
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
(staff, scientists and others)
Peninsula
Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent
Altitude of facility (m) 22 equipment at the station
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Scientific services possible:
Long term monitoring No Long-term monitoring/observations:
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes

Camara
Waste management Yes
Hazard(ous) management Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 6
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Programa Antártico Argentino Fuel spill response capability Yes
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic
Equipment:
62°35’37.9’’S 59°55’9.6’’W General research and databases Distance to hospital (km) 993
No current scientific projects. Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Type: Station Closest emergency facility external (km) 993
Features in the facility area Medical research capabilities No
Operational period: Beaches suitable for landing small boats, Bird colonies, Coast,
Medical screening requirements Yes

October–March Rock. VEHICLES AT FACILITY


Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Location Main science disciplines Land transportation:
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Camara station is located on Media Luna Island, Luna Bay, Wood Workshop, General repairs
Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. COMMUNICATIONS
Satellite phone, VHF
Biodiversity and natural TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Sea
environment Transport to facility: Ship
A colony of Chinstrap penguins is found in Media Luna Island. Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
History and facilities Width (m) of longest runway
Camara station was inaugurated on 1 April 1953 as Bahia Number of flight visits per year
Luna Station. In 1955, it was renamed Camara, in honor of the Period of flight visits per year:
aviator Lieutenant Camara, deceased in a plane crash in Caleta Helipad No
Potter. It has been temporarily closed from 1960 to 1988, then Number of ship visits per year 25
reopened as a summer station. Currently, various scientific Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
projects with other Antarctic programs are conducted at and in December
the area near the station. Ship landing facilities: None

6 6 COMNAPCatalogue
COMNAP Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 7
ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 2371

CARLINI
CARLINI

Area scientific laboratories (m2) 327


Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Scientific diving,
Oceanography, Geology, Geodetic GPS, Seismography station
Conference room (capacity) 30
Logistic area (m2) 366
Number of beds 80
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24

Carlini
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 21
Programa Antártico Argentino Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 59
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 26
Number of scientists on station 3
(off peak/winter season)
62°14’27.4’’S 58°40’01.1’’W CLIMATE Max number of personnel at a time 80 General research and databases
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica (staff, scientists and others)
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Specific device/Scientific equipment: Geophysics: Seismograph;
Biology: Four laboratories for sample handling and analysis related to
Several types of research are conducted at and in the area nearby
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 34 Carlini station: Monitoring activities and related databases on
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 183
various scientific disciplines; Meteorology: Instrumental for synoptic
and climatological station
hydrographical characteristics and phytoplankton dynamics at
Dominant wind direction W Potter Cove (since 1991); Notothenioid fish (since 1983); Depth
Scientific services possible: Seismograph data transmitted in real time;
Location Sea Ice Break Up September Ecological aspects of benthic, planktonic and coastal populations;
distribution of Antarctic macroalgae under a global change
scenario (1991); Glacier Mass Balance and Dynamics (1999);
Carlini station is located at South Coast Potter Cove, on King Snow free period January, February Physical chemistry and biology of lakes, ponds and other water bodies;
Tracing of eco-toxicological elements in the Antarctic ecosystem Breeding, feeding ecology and winter dispersal of Pygoscelids
George Island, South Shetland Islands. Total annual precipitation (mm) 519.5
Long-term monitoring/observations: Censuses within pinniped penguins (1995); Population dynamics of marine mammals on
Precipitation type Snow and Rain
colonies; Geology and geophysics operations; Coastal ecology and land (1994); Biodiversity and ecology of planktonic components
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -1.6 microbiology; Effect of UV radiation on marine phytoplankton and in lakes and of terrestrial and freshwater algae (2004);
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) 2 bacteria; Seismological monitoring Persistent organic pollutants (2010) and Microbial ecology and
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes ecophysiology and ecotoxicology of Antarctic organisms (2008).
Carlini station lies at the foot of the Tres Hermanos Hill (210 m). ENVIRONMENT Area of medical facility (m2) 79 Likewise, scientific research includes studies on paleontology,
Fourcade Glacier covers the northern and eastern coasts of the Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2 geodesy, geophysics and seismology, and the effects of global
Region Antarctic Peninsula
cove, with the Yamana Nunatak as the only prominent feature, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2 warming on birds and other key species of Antarctic food
Antarctic Environmental Domain: E - Antarctic Peninsula and
rising to the east. Scattered pads of lichens and mosses, as Capability: Basic, Dental chains. Several of these projects are conducted in international
Alexander Island main ice fields
well as vascular plants, are present in the flatter areas near Equipment: Hyperbaric Recompression Chamber, Diagnostic x-ray, cooperation.
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
the station. Freshwater algae can be found on the streams Anaesthesia, Defibrillator, Electrocardiograph, Oxygen therapy equipment
Peninsula
and small ponds around the station. Fauna is given by nesting
Altitude of facility (m) 10
Distance to hospital (km) 998.5 Features in the facility area
skuas and Antarctic terns associated to gentle slopes with Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
lichens. Wilson’s storm petrels nest in the Tres Hermanos Hill. Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Bird colonies, Hills, Ice cap or glacier, Other Biological, Seal
Closest emergency facility external (km) 998.5
Isolated juvenile birds and mammals can usually be found in Long term monitoring Yes colonies.
Medical research capabilities No
the coastal areas of Carlini station. Near the station, to the SW, Waste management Yes Medical screening requirements Yes
lies the Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) 132 - Potter Hazard(ous) management Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Main science disciplines
Peninsula, with a rich and diverse flora and fauna. Fuel spill response capability Yes Sea transportation: Five Zodiac boats with outboard motors, Two Atmospheric chemistry and physics; Isotopic chemistry;
Zodiac semi-rigid boats Climatology, Climate change; Environmental sciences Geodesy;
History and facilities Land transportation: Truck, Tractor, Three 4WD all-terrain quad bikes, Geology Geophysics; Glaciology; Soil science; Human biology;
One 6WD all-terrain bike, Four snowmobiles Medicine; Mapping, GIS; Marine biology; Oceanography;
Inaugurated on 21 November 1953 as Caleta Potter refuge, and
WORKSHOP FACILITIES Fishery; Microbiology; Hydrology; Terrestrial biology; Ecology;
renamed Jubany Station in December 1954. In March 2012, Metal workshop, General repairs, Wood workshop, Mechanical, ICTS
it was again renamed after Dr. Alejandro Carlini, a scientist of Paleoecology; Paleontology.
COMMUNICATIONS
the Instituto Antártico Argentino (IAA) who passed away in Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, VHF
2010. Since 1994, the German-Argentine Laboratory Dallmann TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
operates in this station, under an agreement between the Alfred Access Air, Sea
Wegener Institute (AWI) and the IAA. Two refuges (Elefante Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
and Albatros) are located in the vicinity of the station, providing Number of airstrips 1
logistical support to scientific research, mainly in the area of Length (m) of longest runway 400
ASPA 132. Along with the laboratories there is a hyperbaric Width (m) of longest runway 40
diving chamber. Within the station area is located the Historic Number of flight visits per year 10
Sites and Monuments (HSM) 36 - a replica of a metal plate Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
placed by Eduard Dallmann on the occasion of the German June, July, August, September, October, November, December
expedition of the Grönland on March 1, 1874. Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 14
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
June, July, August, September, October, November, December
Ship landing facilities: None

8 8 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 9


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


DECEPCION

DECEPCION
Decepcion Programa Antártico Argentino FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 1030
Capability: Basic
Equipment:
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 16 Distance to hospital (km) 1010
62°58’36.3’’S 60°42’02.5’’W CLIMATE Type of scientific laboratories: Volcanology Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km) 1010
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Logistic area (m2) 337 Medical research capabilities No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22.3 Number of beds 30 Medical screening requirements Yes
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
October–March Dominant wind direction SW
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Sea Ice Break Up October
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Location Snow free period January, February
Power supply (hours per day) 24 General repairs, Mechanical, Wood workshop
Total annual precipitation (mm) 407
Decepcion station is located at Primero de Mayo Bay, Port Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Satellite phone, VHF
Foster, Deception Island, South Shetland Islands. Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 18
Mean annual temperature (°C) -3 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 0
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Access Air, Sea
Mean temperature in July (°C) -8.2 Transport to facility: Ship
environment ENVIRONMENT
Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season)
3
Number of airstrips 0
Deception Island is a unique Antarctic island with important Region Antarctic Peninsula Max number of personnel at a time 36 Length (m) of longest runway
natural, scientific, historic, educational and aesthetic values. Antarctic Environmental Domain: G - Antarctic Peninsula offshore (staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
The island has an exceptionally important floral assemblage, Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent Number of flight visits per year 0
island geologic
including at least eighteen species which have not been equipment at the station Period of flight visits per year:
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Scientific services possible: Helipad No
recorded elsewhere in the Antarctic. Of particular importance Peninsula
Long-term monitoring/observations: Discontinuous monitoring Number of ship visits per year 6
are the very small, unique biological communities associated Altitude of facility (m) 7
with the island’s geothermal areas. Nine species of seabird MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Area of medical facility (m2) 6 December
breed on the island, including one of the world’s largest colonies
Long term monitoring Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1 Ship landing facilities: None
of Chinstrap penguins. The island offers the rare opportunity
Waste management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
to study the effects of environmental change on an ecosystem,
and the dynamics of the ecosystem as it recovers from natural Hazard(ous) management Yes
disturbance (in particular for studies in geoscience and Fuel spill response capability Yes
biological science). General research and databases
History and facilities Since its establishment, meteorological observations have been
conducted at Decepcion station. In 1951, a seismograph and an
After several early Argentine naval expeditions, Decepcion was ionospheric station were added. Since then, scientific activity is
inaugurated on 25 January 1948 as a permanent facility but, devoted mainly to studies on volcanology and geology.
since December 1967, due to volcanic eruptions in the area,
it functions only as a summer station. Since its establishment, Features in the facility area
it has undertaken meteorological observations. Later, a
seismograph and an ionospheric station were added. Since then, Mountain, Rock, Terrestrial geothermal, Volcanic caldera.
scientific activity is devoted mainly to volcanology and geology.
Main science disciplines
Geology, Geomorphology, Volcanology.

10 10 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 11


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


ESPERANZA

ESPERANZA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Area under roof (m2) 3877 Capability: Basic, Dental
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 135 Equipment: Diagnostic x-ray; Electrocardiograph and
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology, Seismography defibrillator; Oxygen therapy equipment

Esperanza
Conference room (capacity) Distance to hospital (km) 1160
Logistic area (m2) 252 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 96.2
Programa Antártico Argentino Number of beds 90 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Medical research capabilities
1160
No
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes Medical screening requirements Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
63°23’50’’S 56°59’54’’W CLIMATE Power supply type
Power supply (V)
Fossil fuel
220 Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Land transportation: Two 4WD 1.5-Ton trucks, One pick up, One quad
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Type: Station Permafrost Sporadic
Hydroponics facilities No
bike, Five snowmobiles, One snow-cat, One tracked vehicle, One truck,
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 26.3 One road roller, One Mobile elevator
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 90
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 222 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 26
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
ICTS, Mechanical, Wood workshop, Metal workshop
Dominant wind direction SW
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up November
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 53 COMMUNICATIONS
Number of scientists on station 3 Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Location Snow free period January, February (off peak/winter season) Telephone, VHF
Total annual precipitation (mm) 516.8 Max number of personnel at a time 90 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Esperanza station is located at Foca Point, along Foca Cove, on (staff, scientists and others) Access Air, Sea
Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula, Graham Land on the north of the Specific device/Scientific equipment: Geophysics: Seismograph; Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Mean annual temperature (°C) -4.5
Antarctic Peninsula. The station occupies land of about 5 km Biology: Tide Gauge; Alternative Energy: Wind Generator, Hydrogen
Number of airstrips 1
Mean temperature in February (°C) 0.9 fuel cell; Meteorology: Instrumental for synoptic and climatological
long by 2 km wide. Length (m) of longest runway 500
Mean temperature in July (°C) -11.1 station
Width (m) of longest runway 40
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT Scientific services possible: Seismograph data transmitted in real time;
Meteorology; Biology, geology and paleontology during summer season Number of flight visits per year 15
Region Antarctic Peninsula
environment Antarctic Environmental Domain: A - Antarctic Peninsula northern
only Period of flight visits per year: April, May, June, July, August,
Long-term monitoring/observations: Censuses within penguin colonies; September, October
Hope Bay opens to the Antarctic Sound, forming a deep-water geologic Seismological monitoring Helipad Yes
port (182 m). It is relatively harbored and winds and currents are Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year 15
accumulated and quickly move large masses of ice. The back Peninsula Area of medical facility (m2) Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
of the bay is closed by an alpine glacier and frequent winds Altitude of facility (m) 25 December
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
blow on the glacier plateau with speeds exceeding 220 km/h Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
dragging heavy snow and impeding visibility. Long term monitoring
Waste management Yes
History and facilities Hazard(ous) management Yes
Esperanza station was inaugurated in December 1952. Among Fuel spill response capability Yes
the several buildings in the station and in the surrounding area,
there are a multidisciplinary laboratory, a shortwave radio station
(broadcasting since 1979), and a Catholic chapel (inaugurated in
1976). The Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 39 and 40 are
located at and in the immediate vicinity of the station. In 1976,
a group of seven families over-wintered and a school opened in
March of that same year.

General research and databases


Geodetic network (in cooperation with France, Germany and
USA); Antarctic seismological network, in cooperation with Italy;
Geology and paleontology project, in cooperation with Germany Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
and Czech Republic; Ecosystem monitoring of penguins
Bird colonies, Coast, Sea, Seal colonies. Geodesy, Geology, Geophysics and seismology, Marine biology,
colonies; Nutritional status of Skuas.
Meteorology, Paleontology.

12 12 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 13


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


MARAMBIO

MARAMBIO
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Area under roof (m2) 5208 Area of medical facility (m2) 94
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 102 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2

Marambio
Type of scientific laboratories: Atmospheric ozone, Chemistry, Geodetic Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
GPS, Geology, Geophysics, Seismography station Capability: Basic, Dental
Conference room (capacity) 63
Programa Antártico Argentino Logistic area (m2) 5012
Equipment: Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic x-ray, Respirator,
Electrocardiograph, Cardioverter, Multi-parameter monitor, Ambulance
Number of beds 170 Distance to hospital (km) 1237
Showers Yes Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
64°14’50.6’’S 56°37’39.3’’W CLIMATE Laundry facilities Yes Closest emergency facility external (km) 1237
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Power supply type Fossil fuel Medical research capabilities Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Power supply (V) 220 Medical screening requirements Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 30.1 Power supply (hours per day) 24 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 267 Hydroponics facilities No Sea transportation:
Dominant wind direction SW Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 95 Land transportation: Fire pumper truck, Ambulance, Pickup, Autoloader,
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up December Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 70 Truck, 4WD truck, 6WD quad bike, Bulldozer, Three loaders, Tractor
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Location Snow free period January, February Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
60
10
Electricity, Hangar aircraft, ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood
Total annual precipitation (mm) 326.7 workshop, Power Plant, Plumbing, Spare parts storeroom
Marambio station and Vicecomodoro Marambio aerodrome are (off peak/winter season)
Precipitation type Snow and Rain COMMUNICATIONS
located in the northeastern sector of Marambio Island (also Max number of personnel at a time 165
Mean annual temperature (°C) -7.9 (staff, scientists and others) Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
known as Seymour Island), James Ross Islands, located 100 km Telephone, VHF
Mean temperature in February (°C) -1.4 Specific device/Scientific equipment: Weather: Instrumental synoptic
southeast of the northern tip of the Antarctic Peninsula, on the TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Mean temperature in July (°C) -15.3 meteorological station for surface and height, Photographic equipment
Weddell Sea. Access Air
ENVIRONMENT APT Satellite reception (ALDEN) to make weather forecasts for air and
sea navigation, Facsimile receiver for forecaster cards Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter
Biodiversity and natural Region Antarctic Peninsula
Scientific services possible: Laboratory observation and recording of Number of airstrips 2
environment Antarctic Environmental Domain: A - Antarctic Peninsula northern
geologic
atmosphere (O3, NO2, bromine, UV, precipitation); Geo positioning; Length (m) of longest runway 1590
Glaciological images; Earth crust; Weather Center: Climatology short, Width (m) of longest runway 40
The station is placed on a 3 km long, 1 km wide-plateau Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic medium and long term (monthly, yearly and decades); Climatic data; Number of flight visits per year 60
(highest point at 210 amsl). Station facilities cover an area Peninsula Seismograph data transmitted in real time Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
of approximately 0.6 km2. The area of the station is mostly Altitude of facility (m) 210 Long-term monitoring/observations: Atmosphere statistics (O3, June, July, August, September, October, November, December
devoid of vegetation and fauna. A small group of gulls (up to NO2, bromine, UV, precipitation); Measurement of: Meteorological Helipad Yes
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
10) occasionally get close to the station. Lack of glaciers and parameters, O3, UV radiation, aerosol sprays, CO2, CH4, H2O and O3 Number of ship visits per year 3
Long term monitoring Yes gases sup; Weather forecast short, medium and long term; Aeronautic
permanent snow accumulation during summer are some of the Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
Waste management Yes and maritime prognosis ; Glaciological monitoring and tracking; Ship landing facilities:
more outstanding features of Seymour island. Life forms on the
Hazard(ous) management Yes Climatological report; Seismological monitoring; Censuses within
Island include some open moss, lichen and algae communities, penguin colonies
usually not extensive, and presence of just a few nesting bird Fuel spill response capability Yes
species, given by scattered seagulls and Antarctic terns. An
Adélie penguin rookery is situated 8 km south from Marambio
Station. General research and databases in Vega Island and on the runway of the Marambio airfield.

An extensive research program on Earth Sciences is undertaken Features in the facility area
History and facilities in the area of Marambio Station. The geological importance of
these areas is given by their great fossil abundance and diversity, Clear air zone, High elevation, Plateau.
Named after the Argentine pilot Gustavo Argentino Marambio,
including marine and continental invertebrates and vertebrates,
the station was inaugurated in October 1969. Along with a
as well as fossil plants. Other research programs include:
Main science disciplines
Multidisciplinary Antarctic Laboratory (LAMBI), the station
has an airstrip, a hangar, a control tower and other associated Physical and chemical science/atmosphere: measurements Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Climatology,
facilities. Marambio is the Argentine logistics hub from where of different gases and radiation that deliver data on a daily Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Geophysics
scientific camps covering geology, glaciology, anthropology and basis, mainly from the ionosphere; Earth Sciences/Seismology: and seismology, Glaciology, Mapping, Marine biology, Pollution,
biology are deployed (with helicopters). In the nearby Bahía reading, storing and sending data continuously and in real time, Sedimentology, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
Pinguino, is located the Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 60. Measuring levels of ozone and UV radiation, Statistics on the
incidence of cosmic rays, Study of cosmic particles in project
implementation; Geosciences/Geodesy: GPS positioning system
linked to twelve satellites, data transmitted every five seconds
and daily file summary; Glaciology: remote monitoring of glaciers

14 14 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 15


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


MATIENZO

MATIENZO
Matienzo
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Area of medical facility (m2) 6
Area under roof (m2) 1000 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Programa Antártico Argentino Area scientific laboratories (m2) 700 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Type of scientific laboratories: Glaciology Capability: Basic
Conference room (capacity) 0 Equipment:
64°58’55.2’’S 60°04’25.7’’W CLIMATE Logistic area (m2)
Number of beds
300
12
Distance to hospital (km)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
1433
184.9
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Showers Yes Closest emergency facility external (km) 1433
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous
Laundry facilities Yes Medical research capabilities No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 18
Medical screening requirements Yes
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Power supply type
Power supply (V)
Fossil fuel
380 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Dominant wind direction NW
October–March Sea Ice Break Up December
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Sea transportation:
Hydroponics facilities No Land transportation: Two snow-cats
Location Snow free period January, February Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 10 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 2 ICTS, General repairs, Mechanical
Matienzo station is located on the Larsen nunatak, southern
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) COMMUNICATIONS
part of the Coast Nordenskjöld and 183 km from the Marambio Satellite phone, VHF
Mean annual temperature (°C) -5 Number of scientists on station 10
station and aerodrome. TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Mean temperature in February (°C) (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 12 Access Air, Sea
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C)
(staff, scientists and others) Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
ENVIRONMENT
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Automated Meteorology Ice/ Number of airstrips
Length (m) of longest runway 1500
1
Indigenous Species Geophysics Observation System (AMIGOS);
The Larsen nunatak is part of a group called Foca, on the Antarctic Environmental Domain: A - Antarctic Peninsula northern Pluviometer Width (m) of longest runway 40
Larsen ice barrier, measuring about 1800 meters long and 300 geologic Scientific services possible: Observation and record of meteorological Number of flight visits per year 4
meters high. The station area is devoid of vegetation. The area Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic variables (wind, temperature, humidity, pressure, snow sensor, Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, October,
is almost devoid of fauna, with the only type of interaction given Peninsula precipitation), glaciological images, weather November, December
by a small group of gulls that nest in the summer 100 m away Long-term monitoring/observations: Statistics of meteorological variables Helipad Yes
Altitude of facility (m) 32
from the facility. With regards to the natural environment, one of (wind, temperature, humidity, pressure, snow sensor, precipitation), Number of ship visits per year
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground glaciological images, weather Period of ship visits per year:
the outstanding features is the presence of glaciers around the Long term monitoring Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Ship landing facilities: None
nunatak and snowdrifts.
Waste management Yes

History and facilities Hazard(ous) management Yes


General research and databases Features in the facility area
Fuel spill response capability Yes
Matienzo station was inaugurated on 15 March 1961; the station
is composed of accommodation, storage, a power plant building, Various studies are conducted at Matienzo station such as: Bluff, Clear air zone, Crevasse, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf,
fuel platform and heliport. Supply and deployment of scientist Meteorological and aurora observations, aerial photographic Nunatak.
and staff are made by MI-17 1E and Bell 212 helicopters and surveys, studies on geology, geophysics (gravity and
Twin Otter aircraft. In terms of preservation and restoration of magnetism measurement), satellite geodesy, oceanography. In Main science disciplines
the environment, a program for the removal of historical waste is physical glaciology, the Larsen project studies the retreat and
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Atmospheric sciences,
being implemented. disintegration of the Larsen ice barrier by analyzing satellite
Climate change, Climatology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy,
images, GPS positioning and terrain data to investigate the
Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Mapping, Marine biology,
ice-climate interactions in areas of climate change.
Oceanography, Planetary science, Soil science.

16 16 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 17


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


MELCHIOR

MELCHIOR
Melchior
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic
Area under roof (m2) 336 Equipment:
Distance to hospital (km) 1103
Programa Antártico Argentino Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Type of scientific laboratories: Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km) 1103
Logistic area (m2) 48 Medical research capabilities No
64°19’54.2’’S 62°58’58.0’’W CLIMATE
Number of beds 15 Medical screening requirements Yes
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 24 Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 222 Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Dominant wind direction NW Power supply (hours per day) 24 General repairs
October–March Sea Ice Break Up October Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Satellite phone, VHF
Location Snow free period January Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
12
0
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Total annual precipitation (mm) 1308.7 Access Sea
Melchior station is located on Gamma Island, Melchior harbour, Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Transport to facility: Ship
in the Palmer Archipelago. Number of scientists on station
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.9 Number of airstrips 0
(off peak/winter season)
Length (m) of longest runway
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.5
Max number of personnel at a time 15
Width (m) of longest runway
Mean temperature in July (°C) -9.5 (staff, scientists and others)
environment ENVIRONMENT Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent equipment
Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year:
Sighting of penguins, petrels and seals. Temperatures range Region at the station
Scientific services possible: Helipad No
between -25°C and 5°C. Antarctic Environmental Domain: E - Antarctic Peninsula and Number of ship visits per year 5
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Alexander Island main ice fields Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 2 - South Orkney MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
Islands Area of medical facility (m2) 6
Melchior station was inaugurated on 31 March 1947; with its Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
two antennas 25 meters high it communicated directly with Altitude of facility (m) 4
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Buenos Aires transmitting three daily meteorological reports, a Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet, Moraine
major source of Antarctic meteorological information at the time. Long term monitoring
In 1955, an astronomical measurements station was added. Waste management Yes
Until 1961, it operated as a permanent station, but since then Hazard(ous) management Yes
it functions only in summer, mainly for hydrographic surveys. Fuel spill response capability Yes General research and databases Features in the facility area
During summer of 1968, four female biologists conducted
scientific studies there. Nearby, on Lambda Island, is located the Bird colonies, Coast, Rock.
The scientific research mainly focuses on botany.
Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 29 -the first Argentine
Antarctic lighthouse, “1st May”, which was installed in 1942 and
Main science disciplines
is still in operation. Terrestrial biology.

18 18 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 19


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


ORCADAS

ORCADAS
Orcadas
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic, Dental
Area under roof (m2) 2101 Equipment: Telemedicine; Diagnostic x-ray; Anaesthesia, defibrillator,
Programa Antártico Argentino Area scientific laboratories (m2) 76 electrocardiograph, oxygen therapy equipment
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geodetic GPS, Seismography Distance to hospital (km) 1539
station Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)

60°44’25.6’’S 44°44’24.3’’W CLIMATE Conference room (capacity)


Logistic area (m2) 266
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Medical research capabilities
1539
Yes
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Number of beds 52 Medical screening requirements Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 24
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation: One Tractor, One 6WD all-terrain bike, Two
Dominant wind direction S
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up October
Power supply (V) 220 snowmobiles
Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Location Snow free period January, February Hydroponics facilities No
Metal workshop, General repairs, Wood workshop, Mechanical, ICTS
COMMUNICATIONS
Total annual precipitation (mm) 1180 Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 35
Orcadas station is located on Laurie Island, South Orkney E-mail; Fax; Internet; Printer; Satellite Phone; Telephone; VHF
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Islands. TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Mean annual temperature (°C) -3.6 Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 15 Access Air, Sea
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season)
2 Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Mean temperature in July (°C) Number of airstrips
environment ENVIRONMENT
Max number of personnel at a time 65 Length (m) of longest runway
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
Lichens and mosses; great diversity of fauna characterizes the Region Specific device/Scientific equipment: Seismograph, geodetic GPS Number of flight visits per year
area: Chinstrap and Adélie penguins colonies, petrels, skuas, Antarctic Environmental Domain: Scientific services possible: Seismograph data transmitted in real time Period of flight visits per year:
Antarctic pigeon and Weddell seals and sea lions reproductive Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 2 South Orkney Islands Long-term monitoring/observations: Censuses within pinniped Helipad Yes
colonies. The weather is typical of the tundra region, close to the Altitude of facility (m) 8 colonies; Seismological monitoring Number of ship visits per year 25
polar climate. Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
Long term monitoring Area of medical facility (m2) 26 December
History and facilities Waste management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2 Ship landing facilities: None
Orcadas was the first Argentine Antarctic station inaugurated Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Hazard(ous) management Yes
on 1 April 1903 by the Scottish Antarctic Expedition of William Fuel spill response capability Yes
Speirs Bruce. It was handed to Argentina on 22 February
1904, and scientific measurements have been carried out Features in the facility area
uninterruptedly for more than a century since then. To the
original stone observatory built in 1903 by the Scottish Beaches suitable for landing small boats, Coast, Moraine.
expedition, known as the Casa Omond, a modern main house
was added in 1905, which today functions as a museum under
Main science disciplines
the name of Casa Moneta. Nowadays Casa Moneta and Casa Geodesy, Geophysics, Terrestrial biology.
Omond, plus a cemetery next to them, constitute the Historic
Sites and Monuments (HSM) 42.

General research and databases


The main scientific projects focus on biology, particularly birds:
cormorants and penguins in their reproductive, food evolution
and the effects of global warming on them. With regard to
marine biology, research on plankton, Euphausiacea and sea
mammals is developed. In addition, the Antarctic seismological
network, in cooperation with Italy, is located in this station.

20 20 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 21


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


PETREL

PETREL
Petrel
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Area under roof (m2) 3600 Capability: Basic
Programa Antártico Argentino Area scientific laboratories (m2) Equipment:
Type of scientific laboratories: Geology Distance to hospital (km) 1184
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)

63°28’41.9’’S 56°13’51.6’’W CLIMATE Logistic area (m2)


Number of beds
1200
25
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Medical research capabilities
1184
No
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Showers Yes Medical screening requirements Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Sporadic
Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 8
Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 70
Power supply type
Power supply (V)
Fossil fuel
220 Land transportation: One 4WD 1.5-ton truck
Dominant wind direction SW
October–March Sea Ice Break Up December
Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hydroponics facilities No General repairs
Location Snow free period January, February Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 23 COMMUNICATIONS
Total annual precipitation (mm) 200 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 3 Satellite phone, VHF
Petrel station is located on Petrel Cove, Welchness Cape, TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Antarctic Strait. Access Air, Sea
Mean annual temperature (°C) -7.1 Number of scientists on station
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 0.2 (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 45
Number of airstrips 3
Mean temperature in July (°C) -8.9
environment ENVIRONMENT
(staff, scientists and others)
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
1900
40
Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent equipment
Petrel station is located on Dundee Island, on the northeast of Region Antarctic Peninsula at the station Number of flight visits per year 5
the Tierra de San Martin, in an area covered by an ice dome that Antarctic Environmental Domain: A - Antarctic Peninsula northern Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, December
reaches heights of 350m and coasts are formed by glaciers. geologic Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad Yes
Petrel Station is located in Welchness Cape, on the island’s Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 - North-east MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year
only ice-free surface with access to the sea. The station area Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
Antarctic Peninsula Area of medical facility (m2) 8
features a major diversity of birds such as Southern giant petrel Ship landing facilities: None
Altitude of facility (m) 18 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
and Wilson’s petrel, Antarctic tern, skuas, kelp gull, cormorants, Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
and Adelie penguins. Gentoo and chinstrap penguins are rarely Long term monitoring
seen. Sighting of Weddell seals near to Rosamaria glacier and
leopard seals are occasionally seen near the coast.
Waste management Yes
General research and databases
Hazard(ous) management Yes
History and facilities Fuel spill response capability Yes
Features in the facility area
It was originally established on December 1952 as Petrel
Refuge with a small airstrip. During the 1966/67 summer, the Beaches suitable for landing small boats, Moraine.
track was extended to 850 meters long by 40 meters wide and
beacons were installed, together with a large metal hangar as
Main science disciplines
well as other buildings. On 22 February 1967, it was inaugurated Geology
as Petrel Station. During the 1974 winter, the station had to be
evacuated due to a fire, resuming operation during the following
summer. In February 1978, it became a temporary summer
station.

22 22 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 23


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Area under roof (m2)
PRIMAVERA

PRIMAVERA
Permafrost None Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 35 Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology
Conference room (capacity) 18
Max wind speed (km/h) 45
Logistic area (m2)
Dominant wind direction NW
Number of beds 18
Sea Ice Break Up October
Showers Yes
Snow free period January, February
Laundry facilities Yes
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Power supply (V) 220
Mean annual temperature (°C) -3 Power supply (hours per day) 24
Mean temperature in February (°C) Hydroponics facilities No
Mean temperature in July (°C) Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 12
ENVIRONMENT Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 6
Region Antarctic Peninsula Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: B - Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern Number of scientists on station
latitudes geologic (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 18
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
(staff, scientists and others)
Peninsula Specific device/Scientific equipment: There is no permanent
Altitude of facility (m) 50 equipment at the station
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Scientific services possible:
Long term monitoring Yes Long-term monitoring/observations:
Waste management Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Hazard(ous) management Yes Area of medical facility (m2)

Primavera Fuel spill response capability Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Programa Antártico Argentino Capability: Basic
Equipment:
Distance to hospital (km) 1120
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
64°9’35.1’’S 60°57’25.5’’W General research and databases Closest emergency facility external (km) 1120
Near Primavera station the following projects are conducted: Medical research capabilities
Type: Station biology (research on the effects of climate change on the Medical screening requirements Yes
pinnipeds and bird monitoring), botany (mainly the study of the VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Operational period: phytogeography of Antarctic Deschampsia) and the study of Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats with outboard motors
November–March wetlands at Cierva Point. Land transportation:
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Location Features in the facility area General repairs, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Primavera station is located on Cierva Cove, Dundee Coast. Bluff, Other Biological, Rock. Satellite phone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Biodiversity and natural Main science disciplines Access Sea
Transport to facility: Ship
environment Climate change, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Marine
Number of airstrips 0
biology.
The area nearby Primavera station is steep, formed by a large Length (m) of longest runway
granite massif and, in ice free places, layers of lichens, mosses Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year
and some small grasses are found. It has 90% of Antarctic
Period of flight visits per year:
animal species: penguins, mammals; as well as Antarctic fur,
Helipad Yes
crabeater, Weddell, leopards and elephants seals; blue, fin,
Number of ship visits per year 5
southern right and sperm whales and orcas. The flying birds Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
found in the area are petrels, skuas, gulls, terns, cormorants and Ship landing facilities:
Antarctic pigeon.

History and facilities


It was inaugurated on 3 March 1977, in the same location as
Cobbett Refuge (1954). Each Antarctic summer the station is
reactivated for maintenance tasks and the accomplishment
of scientific research conducted by the Argentine Antarctic
Institute, and in cooperation with other international Antarctic
programs.

24 24 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 25


ARGENTINA

Photos: Dirección Nacional Del Antártico


SAN MARTIN

SAN MARTIN
San Martin Programa Antártico Argentino
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2)
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Type of scientific laboratories: Geology, Geophysics, Geodetic GPS,
1429
6
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic, Dental
Equipment: Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic x-ray, Haematology,
Laboratory diagnostics, Ophthalmology, Portable ultrasound,
1

Ionospheric sounding research, Seismography station Defibrillator, Electrocardiograph, Oxygen therapy equipment
68°07’47’’S 67°06’10’’W CLIMATE Conference room (capacity) Distance to hospital (km)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
1875
638.3
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Logistic area (m2) 334
Closest emergency facility external (km) 1875
Type: Station Permafrost None Number of beds 21
Medical research capabilities
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 18.7 Showers Yes
Medical screening requirements Yes
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 213 Laundry facilities Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Dominant wind direction NE Power supply type Fossil fuel
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up November
Power supply (V) 220 Sea transportation: One Zodiac boat with outboard motors
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Land transportation: Four snowmobiles, One truck, One tracked vehicle
Location Snow free period January
Hydroponics facilities No WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Total annual precipitation (mm) 410.1 Mechanical, Wood workshop
San Martin station is located on Barry Island, Debenham Islands, Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 15
Precipitation type Snow and Rain COMMUNICATIONS
along Marguerite Bay, on the West of the Antarctic Peninsula. Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4
Mean annual temperature (°C) -4 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone,
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 19
VHF
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.5 Number of scientists on station 2 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Mean temperature in July (°C) -11.4 (off peak/winter season)
environment ENVIRONMENT Max number of personnel at a time 21
Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Sighting of seals, sea lions, Adélie penguins, Antarctic pigeons, Region Antarctic Peninsula (staff, scientists and others)
Number of airstrips 1
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Geophysics: Seismograph;
cormorants and skuas are common during springtime and Antarctic Environmental Domain: B - Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern Length (m) of longest runway 500
Geodesy: GPS; Meteorology: Instruments for surface synoptic weather
summer. latitudes geologic Width (m) of longest runway 40
station; Atmosphere: Rheometer, Spectrophotometer, One fluxgate
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 4 - Central South magnetometer EDA model 105 B.1 and cassette recorder MEMODYNE Number of flight visits per year 5
History and facilities Antarctic Peninsula GOLD 1 graphic recorder of a channel Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
Altitude of facility (m) 5 Scientific services possible: Seismograph data transmitted in real time June, July, August, September, October, November, December
Inaugurated on 21 March 1951, San Martín served as logistic Helipad Yes
base to numerous expeditions installing shelters, and to the Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Long-term monitoring/observations: Geodetic GPS; Ionospheric
Number of ship visits per year 5
Long term monitoring Yes sounding research; Seismological monitoring
expedition that crossed the Antarctic Peninsula. It was closed Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
from 1960 to 1976 for the refurbishment of its facilities. Since Waste management Yes Ship landing facilities: None
Area of medical facility (m2) 36
1976, it functions as a permanent station. Some of the original Hazard(ous) management Yes
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
facilities were designated in 1972 as the Historic Sites and Fuel spill response capability Yes
Monuments (HSM) 26. It also has a Mausoleum on the Barbara
Islet, where the ashes of General Pujato (founder and first
director of the Instituto Antártico Argentino) are deposited.

General research and databases


Scientific research in the area is undertaken in international
cooperation with eight countries in the fields of glaciology,
geodesy, seismology, magnetosphere and ozone sounding.

Features in the facility area


Other Biological Features, Other Geomorphological

Main science disciplines


Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics and Seismology,
Glaciology.

26 26 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations Dirección Nacional Del Antártico – www.dna.gov.ar 27


AUSTRALIA
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines

CASEY
CASEY

Bird colonies, Blue ice, Coast, Crevasse, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Lake, Melt streams, Moraine, Nunatak, Other Biological, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy,
Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Geophysics, GIS, Glaciology, Human biology, Hydrology,
Shoreline, Snow, Valley. Mapping, Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Pollution, Soil
science, Terrestrial biology.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: Aeromedical equipment, Altitude medicine, Anaesthesia,


Area under roof (m2) 8000 Biochemistry, Blood transfusion medicine, Diagnostic ultrasound,
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 360 Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Laboratory diagnostics, Microbiology,
Ophthalmology, Telemedicine
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Scientific diving
Distance to hospital (km) 3430
Conference room (capacity)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 1401
Logistic area (m2) 584
Closest emergency facility external (km) 3430
Number of beds 99
Medical research capabilities Yes
Showers Yes
Medical screening requirements Yes

Casey
Laundry facilities Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Renewable Sea transportation:
Australian Antarctic Division Power supply (V) 240 Land transportation: Wheeled and tracked
Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hydroponics facilities Yes ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop, Wood
66°16’54’’S 110°31’ 39 ’’E CLIMATE Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 67
workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 32 Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 18 Telephone, VHF
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 25.2 Number of scientists on station (off peak/winter season) 2 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 291 Max number of personnel at a time 99 Access Air, Sea
Dominant wind direction E (staff, scientists and others) Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship.
Location Sea Ice Break Up December Specific device/Scientific equipment: GPS, induction magnetometers, Number of airstrips 1
ionosonde, riometer, seismometers, tide guages
Casey is located on Bailey Peninsula in the Windmill Islands, Snow free period None Length (m) of longest runway 3600
Scientific services possible: Dry and wet laboratories, electonics
Wilkes Land. The peninsula is on the west coast of Law Dome, Total annual precipitation (mm) Long-term monitoring/observations: Ionosphere, geomagnetic and
Width (m) of longest runway 45
an almost circular 200 km diameter ice cap that rises to a height Precipitation type Snow seismic, meteorology, sea birds, sea level and climate Number of flight visits per year 20
of 1395 m. Operations are supported by Wilkins Aerodrome, Mean annual temperature (°C) -5.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
~70 km south-east of the station. Area of medical facility (m2) 187 December
Mean temperature in February (°C) -0.1
Helipad Yes
Mean temperature in July (°C) -10.5 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
3

environment Region Continental Antarctica Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery


December
The area’s moss and lichen communities are the richest Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic Ship landing facilities:
anywhere in Antarctica outside the Antarctic Peninsula. Various Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica
sites in the region, including in the station’s immediate vicinity, Altitude of facility (m) 32
have heightened protection as Antarctic Specially Protected Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Areas. Storm petrels, Snow petrels and Adélie petrels breed Long term monitoring Yes
within 1.5 km of the station. Seals are present in small numbers. Waste management Yes
Hazard(ous) management Yes
History and facilities Fuel spill response capability Yes
The current research station, built in the 1990s and routinely
modified since, replaces facilities established in 1969 at a site
closer to the coast. The station is now a large and complex
facility. It was named after Sir Richard Casey, an Australian
Governor-General.

General research and databases


Casey-collected data sets are lodged with the Australian
Antarctic Data Centre (AADC). Data held in the AADC are
qualified with metadata and discoverable through the Catalogue
of Australian Antarctic and Subantarctic Metadata (CAASM –
http://data.aad.gov.au/aadc/metadata). Some data are also

Photos: Australian Antarctic Division


delivered through customised applications on the AADC website
– http://data.aad.gov.au.

28 28 COMNAP
COMNAPCatalogue
Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations www.antarctica.gov.au 29
Photos: Australian Antarctic Division
AUSTRALIA
Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
DAVIS

Area under roof (m2) 8000

DAVIS
Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Fjord, Hill, Ice cap or glacier,
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 400
Lake, Melt streams, Moraine, Other Biological, Permanent
snowpatches, Plateau, Rivers, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Scientific diving
Shoreline, Snow. Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2) 578
Main science disciplines Number of beds 91
Showers Yes
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Laundry facilities Yes
Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology,
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Geophysics, GIS, Glaciology, Human biology, Limnology,
Power supply (V) 240
Mapping, Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Oceanography,
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Paleoecology, Pollution, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
Hydroponics facilities Yes
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 62
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 29
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 15

Davis
Number of scientists on station 2
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 91
Australian Antarctic Division (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: All sky camera, cloud detector,
GPS, Induction magnetometers, meteor radars, MFSA radar, MST radar,
68°34 ’35.8’’S 77°58’02.6’’E CLIMATE onosonde, riometers, scanning OH radiometer, spectometers
Scientific services possible: Dry and wet laboratories, electronics
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Long-term monitoring/observations: Geomagnetic, ionosphere, lower
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous
middle and upper atmosphere, meteorology, sea birds, sea level and
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 19.6
climate
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 206 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Dominant wind direction NE Area of medical facility (m2) 191
Location Sea Ice Break Up December Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Davis is on Broad Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills, Princess Elizabeth Snow free period January, December Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Land. The Vestfold Hills are an ice free region covering an area of Total annual precipitation (mm) Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery 4826
~400 km2. Precipitation type Snow Equipment: Aeromedical equipment, Altitude medicine, Anaesthesia,
Mean annual temperature (°C) -7.3 Biochemistry, Blood transfusion medicine, Diagnostic ultrasound,
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -0.2
Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Laboratory diagnostics, Microbiology,
Ophthalmology, Telemedicine
environment Mean temperature in July (°C) -14.3 Distance to hospital (km) 4826
ENVIRONMENT Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 109
Various sites in the area have heightened protection as Antarctic
Specially Protected Areas. The region’s features include: Region Continental Antarctica Closest emergency facility external (km) 4826
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic Medical research capabilities Yes
• hundreds of freshwater and saline lakes and waterbodies Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Medical screening requirements Yes
of outstanding and unique scenic variety and beauty, and VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Altitude of facility (m) 27
intrinsic, scientific and educational value; Sea transportation:
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
• hundreds of thousands of breeding birds, including Long term monitoring Yes Land transportation: Wheeled and tracked
populations/sites with international status; Waste management Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop, Wood
• a palaeontological site of world significance. Hazard(ous) management Yes
workshop
Fuel spill response capability Yes COMMUNICATIONS
History and facilities Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Telephone, VHF
The first landing in the region was made in 1935. Davis was
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
established in 1957, rebuilt in the 1990s and has been routinely
Access Air, Sea
modified since. The station is now a large and complex facility.
Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Number of airstrips 2
General research and databases Length (m) of longest runway 2200
Davis-collected data sets are lodged with the Australian Width (m) of longest runway 50
Antarctic Data Centre (AADC). Data held in the AADC are Number of flight visits per year 20
qualified with metadata and discoverable through the Catalogue Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
of Australian Antarctic and Subantarctic Metadata (CAASM – December
http://data.aad.gov.au/aadc/metadata). Some data are also Helipad Yes
delivered through customised applications on the AADC website Number of ship visits per year 3
– http://data.aad.gov.au. Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
December
Ship landing facilities: None

30 30
30 COMNAP
COMNAPCatalogue
Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations www.antarctica.gov.au 31
AUSTRALIA
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
MAWSON

MAWSON
Bird colonies, Blue ice, Coast, Crevasse, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Climatology,
Ice shelf, Melt streams, Moraine, Nunatak, Other Biological, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geophysics, GIS,
Permanent snowpatches, Plateau, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal Glaciology, Human biology, Mapping, Marine biology, Medicine,
colonies, Shoreline, Snow. Pollution.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: Aeromedical equipment, Altitude medicine, Anaesthesia,


Area under roof (m2) 6000 Biochemistry, Blood transfusion medicine, Diagnostic ultrasound,
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 144 Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Laboratory diagnostics, Microbiology,
Ophthalmology, Telemedicine
Type of scientific laboratories:
Distance to hospital (km) 4593
Conference room (capacity)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 636
Logistic area (m2) 552
Closest emergency facility external (km) 4593
Number of beds 53
Medical research capabilities Yes
Showers Yes
Medical screening requirements Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil fuel,

Mawson
Renewable Sea transportation:
Power supply (V) 240 Land transportation: Wheeled and tracked
Australian Antarctic Division Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hydroponics facilities Yes ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop, Wood
workshop
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 50
COMMUNICATIONS
67°36’09.7’’S 62°52’27.7’’E CLIMATE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
3
15
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Telephone, VHF
Permafrost Discontinuous Number of scientists on station
Type: Station Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 41 (off peak/winter season)
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Max number of personnel at a time 53
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 248
(staff, scientists and others)
Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Dominant wind direction SE Number of airstrips 2
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Ionosonde, GPS, magnetometers,
Location Sea Ice Break Up January neutron detectors, riometers, seismometers, tide gauges Length (m) of longest runway 1620
Snow free period None Scientific services possible: Dry laboratory, electonics Width (m) of longest runway 90
Mawson is located on the south-eastern shore of Horseshoe
Harbour, a small ice-free rock outcrop ~ 900 m by 700 m on the Total annual precipitation (mm) Long-term monitoring/observations: Cosmic ray, geomagnetic and Number of flight visits per year 10
edge of the continental ice cap. The coastline to both Mawson’s Precipitation type Snow seismic, ionosphere, meteorology, sea level and climate, sea birds Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
Mean annual temperature (°C) -8.3 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes December
east and west is mostly sheer ice cliffs, while the continental ice
Area of medical facility (m2) 184 Helipad Yes
sheet behind it attains a height of some 1000 m within 35 km. Mean temperature in February (°C) -1.4
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1 Number of ship visits per year
Mean temperature in July (°C) -15
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
1
December
environment Region Continental Antarctica Ship landing facilities:
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic
The region around Mawson supports breeding colonies of
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica
Emperor and Adélie penguins, snow petrels, Antarctic petrels,
Altitude of facility (m) 15
Wilson’s storm petrels, cape petrels, southern giant petrels,
Antarctic fulmars and skuas. Weddell seals are common in the Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
vicinity of the station – other species less so. Various sites in the Long term monitoring Yes
station’s vicinity have heightened protection as Antarctic Specially Waste management Yes
Protected Areas. Hazard(ous) management Yes
Fuel spill response capability Yes
History and facilities
The Australian flag was first raised at the Mawson station site
on 13 February 1954 by a party led by Dr Phillip Law. A research
station has continuously occupied the site since. It was named
after Sir Douglas Mawson. The original station was replaced in the
1990s, some of the original buildings remain on site.

General research and databases


Mawson-collected data sets are lodged with the Australian
Antarctic Data Centre. Data held in the AADC are qualified with
metadata and discoverable through the Catalogue of Australian
Antarctic and Subantarctic Metadata (CAASM – http://data.aad.

Photos: Australian Antarctic Division


gov.au/aadc/metadata). Some data are also delivered through
customised applications on the AADC website – http://data.aad.
gov.au.

32 32 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarctica.gov.au 33


BELGIUM

Princess Elisabeth Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


Area under roof (m2) 1800
PRINCESS ELISABETH

PRINCESS ELISABETH
Bird colonies, Blue ice, Clear air zone, Coast, Crevasse, High
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 50
elevation, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Ice tongue, Lake, Low
Type of scientific laboratories: Atmospheric observatory, Geophysics,
Belgian Federal Science Policy and Polar Secretariat artificial light pollution, Low humidity, Melt streams, Moraine,
Meteorology
Mountain, Nunatak, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches,
Conference room (capacity)
Plateau, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Shoreline, Snow, Sustrugui, Valley.
Logistic area (m2) 600
71°56'59.5 "S 23°20 '48.8"E CLIMATE
Main science disciplines
Number of beds 48
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Showers Yes
Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy,
Laundry facilities
Power supply type
Yes
Renewable
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 7
Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Hydrology,
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 50
Medicine, Microbiology, Paleoecology, Sustainable and
Power supply (V)
Power supply (hours per day)
220
24
Dominant wind direction E
November–February Sea Ice Break Up
communication technologies, Terrestrial biology. Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 12
Location Snow free period None Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 10
Total annual precipitation (mm) 50 Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Princess Elisabeth station was built on Utsteinen Ridge, at the
foot of the Sør Rondane Mountains, Dronning Maud Land. The Precipitation type Snow Number of scientists on station
station is located 200 km inland. Mean annual temperature (°C) -18 (off peak/winter season)
Mean temperature in February (°C) -12.3 Max number of personnel at a time 40
(staff, scientists and others)
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -24.9
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Aethalometer, Nephelometer,
ENVIRONMENT
environment Region Continental Antarctica
Laser Aerosol Spectrometer, TSI CPC, TEOM-FDMS, CCNc + PSU,
BREWER, Radiosondes, Weather Balloons, pyrometer, Ceilometer,
The station’s natural environment is that of a high plateau with a Antarctic Environmental Domain: N – East Antarctic inland ice sheet MRR, AWS (3), iWS (2), CIMEL, MAX-DOAS, UV-Pyranometer,
continental Antarctic climate. The station sits in the vicinity of a SIGFOX (Receiver, antenna), RADOME, VLF magnetic
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land
mountain range and a Petrel colony. Scientific services possible: Technical science support (integration,
Altitude of facility (m) 1382
mechanical, energy systems, electronics, ICT), Logistic support field
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
History and facilities Long term monitoring Yes
expeditions (vehicles, equipment, mechanics and field guides), Remote
monitoring and other communication, Testing and repairs
In 2007–2008, Belgium constructed a new research station Waste management Yes Long-term monitoring/observations: Atmospheric and geophysics
in Antarctica. This station replaces the former Belgian Roi Hazard(ous) management Yes observatory
Baudouin base, built in 1958 at Breid Bay in Dronning Maud MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Fuel spill response capability Yes
Land that closed in 1967. The Princess Elisabeth station is built Area of medical facility (m2) 20
173 km inland from the former Roi Baudouin base. Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
General research and databases Capability: Basic
Various research, including climatology, biodiversity, glaciology, Equipment: Telemedicine, Limited diagnostic facilities and surgical
geology and geophysics are conducted at Princess Elisabeth. facilities, Monitoring for anaesthesia, emergency equipment
(defibrillators and CPR), Resident physician during summer season
In addition, the station is also a test platform for sustainable
Distance to hospital (km)
technologies.
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 431
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Medical research capabilities No
Medical screening requirements Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation:
Land transportation: Snow tractors, sledges, 4WD tracked, Skidoos
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Electric, ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air
Transport to facility: Airplane
Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway 1200
Photo: Belgian Federal Science Policy and Polar Secretariat

Width (m) of longest runway 60


Number of flight visits per year 6
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year:
Ship landing facilities:

34 34 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.belspo.be 35


BRAZIL

FERRAZ
FERRAZ

Ferraz Programa Antártico Brasileiro FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


Area under roof (m2) 980
Equipment: Anaesthesia
Distance to hospital (km)
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 100 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
62°5’07.7 ’’S 58°23’55.4 ’’W CLIMATE Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geophysics, GIS Closest emergency facility external (km)
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Conference room (capacity) Medical research capabilities No
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Logistic area (m2) 16000 Medical screening requirements Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 21.6 Number of beds 66 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Showers Yes Sea transportation: Three boats, One launch
Dominant wind direction Laundry facilities Yes Land transportation: Four quad bikes, Three snowmobiles, One pick-up,
Location Sea Ice Break Up Power supply type Fossil fuel One Bulldozer
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Ferraz Antarctic station is located on Keller Peninsula, within the Snow free period January, February, March
Power supply (hours per day) 24 ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Admiralty Bay, King George Island. Total annual precipitation (mm)
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 15
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -2
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 25 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) 2.5
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 15 Access Air, Sea
Mean temperature in July (°C) -12 Number of scientists on station (off peak/winter season) 0 Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Plants: Deschampsia antarctica, Colobanthus quitensis, Mosses,
ENVIRONMENT Max number of personnel at a time 66 Number of airstrips 0
lichens, algae.
Region Antarctic Peninsula (staff, scientists and others) Length (m) of longest runway
Animals: Skua, Larus dominicanus, Storm petrel, Sterna vitatta Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Specific device/Scientific equipment: Width (m) of longest runway
reproduce in neighboring areas; Pygoscelis papua, P. Antarctica, island geologic Scientific services possible: Number of flight visits per year 0
P. Adélie and Shag blue eye are visitors. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Long-term monitoring/observations: Period of flight visits per year:
Peninsula MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Helipad Yes
Seals: Fur seal, Weddell seal, Elephant seal, Crabeater seal and
Altitude of facility (m) 8 Area of medical facility (m2) 48 Number of ship visits per year 5
Leopard seal are frequent visitors.
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1 Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, October,
Three small cirque glaciers and a small rock glacier are found on Long term monitoring Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1 November, December
Flagstaf Mount and Tyrrell Ridge. Many seasonal small streams Waste management Yes Capability: Basic
Ship landing facilities: None
are found during the summer. Hazard(ous) management No
Fuel spill response capability Yes
History and facilities
Ferraz station was established in 1984 and has been occupied Features in the facility area
continuously since 1986. On February 25, 2012 it suffered a Bluff, Coast, Fjord, Hill, Lake, Low artificial light pollution, Low
fire; such an incident was without precedent in the history of 30 humidity, Melt streams, Moraine, Permanent snowpatches,
years of PROANTAR. Plateau, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Shoreline, Snow.

General research and databases Main science disciplines


Emília project (High Atmosphere Physics), Jacyra project Anthropology, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climatology,

Photos: Programa Antártico Brasileiro


(Atmosphere studies), Helena project (Marine Biogeochemistry), Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geomorphology, Geophysics,
Davis Mendes project (Metereology), José Roberto project GIS, Mapping, Marine biology, Microbiology, Oceanography,
(Marine biology), Juliano Cury project (Plant biology), Neusa Pollution, Sedimentology, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
project (Geospatial studies) , Paulo Câmara project (Molecular
Biology), Pio project (Macro Algae), Rosa project (Medical
Anthropology), Schaeffer project (Permafrost and criosols),
Vivian project (Soil biology), Zarankin project (Anthropology).

36 36 COMNAP
COMNAPCatalogue
Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations www.mar.mil.br/secirm/ingles/proantar.html 37
BULGARIA
History and facilities FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 221
ST. KLIMENT OHRIDSKI

Following an aborted attempt on Cape Vostok in the northwest

ST. KLIMENT OHRIDSKI


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 20
end of Alexander Island, two prefabricated huts were assembled Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology, Geophysics
on Livingston Island on April 26–29, 1988, by a four-member Conference room (capacity) 20
Bulgarian team logistically supported by the Soviet ship Mihail
Logistic area (m2) 60
Somov. This refuge was later refurbished and inaugurated as
Number of beds 22
a permanent base on December 11, 1993. Formerly known as
Showers Yes
Sofia University Refuge, in 1994 the base was named after St.
Laundry facilities Yes
Kliment of Ohrid (840–916 AD), a prominent Bulgarian scholar
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
and bishop, by a Presidential decree. An expansion program
Renewable
was implemented at St. Kliment Ohridski in 1996–98, including Power supply (V) 220
construction of a new house, built with materials shipped from Power supply (hours per day) 24
Argentina with the logistic support of the Spanish Antarctic Hydroponics facilities No
Program. The house total area of 80 m2 allows for two sleeping Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 6

St. Kliment Ohridski


rooms, a bathroom, a scientific laboratory, living room and a
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 16
kitchenette. Between 2007–2010 were built two new houses
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
(materials from Argentina) having four more bedrooms, a
Number of scientists on station
medical office and two scientific laboratories (geological and (off peak/winter season)
Bulgarian Antarctic Institute biological). Thus the total capacity of the base was expanded Max number of personnel at a time 22
to twenty-two persons, providing better conditions for work and (staff, scientists and others)
living, as well as possibilities for a winter stay, if necessary. An Specific device/Scientific equipment:
62°38’26.6’’S 60°21’54.8’’W CLIMATE average of twenty people work at St. Kliment Ohridski during the
austral summer, usually from late November or early December
Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Long-term monitoring/observations:
until early March.
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 27.5 Area of medical facility (m2) 12
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 140 General research and databases Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Dominant wind direction Various scientists – ecologists, biologists, geomorphologists, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
November–March Sea Ice Break Up November seismologists, geologists, geodesists – work around the base. Capability: Basic
In the past five years Bulgarian scientists have been working Equipment: CPR, defibrillator, cardiograph
Location Snow free period None
with the scientists from Spain and Portugal, in a project called Distance to hospital (km) 1100
Total annual precipitation (mm)
The Bulgarian Antarctic Base “St. Kliment Ohridski” (BAB) “Permafrost and Climate Change in the Maritime Antarctic” Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 120
is in the eastern part of Livingston Island, South Shetland Precipitation type Snow and Rain
(PERMANTAR), exploring the frozen soils. Closest emergency facility external (km) 1100
Islands. It is located on the Bulgarian beach, Emona Harbour, Mean annual temperature (°C)
Medical research capabilities Yes
east-northeast of Hesperides Point, with an elevation between Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.3
12 to 15 m above sea level. Local wildlife on Bulgarian beach Mean temperature in July (°C) -20
Features in the facility area Medical screening requirements Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
includes fairly modest population of penguins and seals. At ENVIRONMENT Bird colonies, Bluff, Coast, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Rock, Sea,
Sea transportation: Two Zodiac boats
the same time, the base location offers convenient access to Region Antarctic Peninsula Snow.
Land transportation: Three skidoos
Mount Friesland, Burdick Ridge, Mount Bowles, southern Hurd Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Peninsula and Varna Peninsula areas. Near to the BAB is the island geologic Main science disciplines Mechanical, Wood workshop
Spanish Antarctic Base “Juan Carlos I”. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Climate change, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, COMMUNICATIONS
Peninsula Glaciology, Marine biology, Meteorology, Microbiology, Computer, E-mail, Printer, Satellite phone
Biodiversity and natural Altitude of facility (m) 15 Paleoecology, Seismology, Soil science, Topography. TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Sea
environment Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Long term monitoring Yes
In the region of the Bulgarian base, there are three species of Number of airstrips 0
Waste management Yes
penguins, four of seals and numerous bird species that nest Length (m) of longest runway
Hazard(ous) management Yes
in the surrounding area. Lichens, mosses and other plants Width (m) of longest runway
grow freely. Those located near the base are surrounded and Fuel spill response capability Yes
Number of flight visits per year 0
protected by a fence, and there are sign-posted protected areas. Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 5
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
December
Ship landing facilities: None

Photos: Christo Pimpirev


38 38 COMNAPCatalogue
COMNAP Catalogueof
ofAntarctic
AntarcticStations
Stations www.bai-bg.net 39
CHILE

CARVAJAL
CARVAJAL

Photos: IChilean Antarctic Program


Carvajal
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Area under roof (m2) 770 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Chilean Antarctic Program Area scientific laboratories (m2) 96 Capability:
Type of scientific laboratories: Multipurpose laboratory available from Equipment:
2018 Distance to hospital (km) 1698
Conference room (capacity) 30 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 49
Logistic area (m2) 360 Closest emergency facility external (km) 1698
67°45’37.7’’S 68°54’53.4’’W CLIMATE Number of beds
Showers
46
Yes
Medical research capabilities No
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Medical screening requirements
Laundry facilities Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 23 Sea transportation: Zodiac boats
Renewable
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 174
Power supply (V) 220
Land transportation: Loader, Quad bike, Skidoos
Dominant wind direction NE WORKSHOP FACILITIES
October–March Sea Ice Break Up December
Power supply (hours per day) 24
COMMUNICATIONS
Hydroponics facilities No
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Location Snow free period January, February Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 12
Access Sea
Total annual precipitation (mm) 621 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 34
Lt. Luis Carvajal station is located on Adelaide Island, west of Transport to facility: Ship
the Antarctic Peninsula, 1.698 km south-east of Punta Arenas, Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of airstrips
Chile. Mean annual temperature (°C) -9.8 Number of scientists on station
Length (m) of longest runway
Mean temperature in February (°C) -3 (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 46 Width (m) of longest runway
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -17.8
(staff, scientists and others) Number of flight visits per year
ENVIRONMENT
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Will be available from 2018 Period of flight visits per year:
thanks to the multipurpose laboratory Helipad Yes
In the Carvajal station area the vegetation is scarce, there Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Scientific services possible: Number of ship visits per year 2
are only lichen and algaes. Some Elephant, Leopard, Weddell island geologic Long-term monitoring/observations: Antarctic Fur seals Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, October,
and Antarctic furs seals. Occasional sightings of Crabeater Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: MEDICAL FACILITIES No November, December
seals. Occasional sightings of Emperor penguins. Presence Altitude of facility (m) 4 Area of medical facility (m2) Ship landing facilities: None
of Southern Giant Petrels, Blue-eyed Shags, Brown Skuas, Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
South Polar Skuas, terns. Nearby is the largest colony of Adélie
Long term monitoring Yes
penguins on the western side of the Antarctic Peninsula (Avian
Waste management Yes
Island, ASPA 117).
Hazard(ous) management No
General research and databases Features in the facility area
Fuel spill response capability No Antarctic fur seals and penguins, ancient seal hunter Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt
History and facilities archaeological research, weather, environment, geology and streams, Moraines, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches,
The station was built by the United Kingdom, inaugurated on 3 glaciology have been studied here for years. Results of the Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley.
February 1961, and called T Base - Adelaide Island. On August research have been published in CCAMLR, and lately in ISI and
14, 1984, the station was transferred to Chile and has been WOS refereed magazines, and can therefore be searched using
appropriate keywords and available searching tools. At earlier
Main science disciplines
named after Lt. Luis Tomás Carvajal Villarroel in May 1985.
times, research was published mainly in the Instituto Antártico Atmospheric sciences, Environmental science, Geology,
Recently, laboratory facilities have been built and these were
Chileno (INACH) Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine biology,
named after Eduardo Garcia to commemorate the Chilean
papers have also been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico Paleoecology, Pollution, Terrestrial biology.
geologist and mountaineer of the University of Chile. In the
area nearby the station, there is also an old Chilean Refuge Chileno and ILAIA magazines.
(Comodoro Guesalaga Refuge, built in 1962) on Avian Island.

40 40 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 41


CHILE
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
DR. GUILLERMO MANN

DR. GUILLERMO MANN


Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt Geology, Glaciology, Marine biology, Meteorology.
streams, Moraines, Other Biological, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal
colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)


Area under roof (m2) 250 Capability:
Area scientific laboratories (m2) Equipment:
Type of scientific laboratories: Basic Distance to hospital (km) 150
Conference room (capacity) 0 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 15
Logistic area (m2) 100 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Number of beds 8 Medical research capabilities
Showers Yes Medical screening requirements

Dr. Guillermo Mann


Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil fuel, Sea transportation:
Renewable Land transportation: Quad bike
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Chilean Antarctic Program Power supply (hours per day) 24 Metal Workshop; Wood Workshop
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 2 Satellite phone, VHF
62°27’00’’S 60°47’00’’W CLIMATE Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
6 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Type: Station Permafrost None Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 12.05
Max number of personnel at a time 8 Length (m) of longest runway
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) (staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
Dominant wind direction W
October–March Sea Ice Break Up November
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Number of flight visits per year
Scientific services possible:
Period of flight visits per year:
Location Snow free period January, February, Long-term monitoring/observations: Antarctic Fur seals
Helipad Yes
March MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Cape Shirreff, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. Number of ship visits per year 2
Total annual precipitation (mm) 5 Area of medical facility (m2)
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) 0.4
Ship landing facilities: None

environment Mean temperature in February (°C) 2


Guillermo Mann Station is located in the vicinity of a large Mean temperature in July (°C) -3
Antarctic fur seals colony (Arctocephalus gazella), the largest in ENVIRONMENT
the Shetlands Islands, close to a US NOAA Station. There are Region Antarctic Peninsula
also big colonies of Gentoo and Antarctic penguins indicating an Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
important marine productivity in the neighbouring seas. Mosses island geologic
and Deschampsia antarctica can be found in the valleys and Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
some lichens on higher rocks. Some fossils can be found at the Peninsula
moraines in front of the Aranda and Anguita Glaciers. Altitude of facility (m) 15
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
History and facilities Long term monitoring Yes
As early as 1966, Chilean scientists reported fur seals were Waste management Yes
recovering at Cape Shirreff. The station opened in November Hazard(ous) management Yes
1991, near the Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) 149 Fuel spill response capability Yes
including Cape Shirreff and the CEMP-2 site of San Telmo
Islands. Therefore, to enter the area, a special permit is required.
The station is named in honour of Dr. Guillermo Mann, zoologist
who participated in the first official Chilean Expedition to
Antarctica in 1947.

General research and databases


Antarctic fur seals and penguins, ancient seal hunter
archaeological research, weather, environment, geology,
glaciology have been studied for years. Results of the research
have been published in CCAMLR and lately in ISI and WOS

Photos: Instituto Antártico Chileno


refereed magazines and can therefore be searched using
appropriate keywords and available searching tools. At earlier
times research was published mainly in the Instituto Antártico
Chileno (INACH) Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach
papers have also been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico
Chileno and ILAIA magazines.

42 42 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 43


CHILE

FREI
FREI

Frei

Photos: Chilean Antarctic Program


Chilean Antarctic Program

62°12’00’’S 58°57’48’’W CLIMATE


Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 42 Area under roof (m2) 5000 Distance to hospital (km) 1000
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 93 Area scientific laboratories (m2) Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 0.3
Dominant wind direction NW Type of scientific laboratories: Laboratories are located at the nearby Closest emergency facility external (km) 1000
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up January, February, Professor Julio Escudero station Medical research capabilities
Conference room (capacity) 50
Location March, April,
November, December Logistic area (m2) 2000
Medical screening requirements
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Frei station is located on the Fildes Peninsula, King George Island. Number of beds 150
Snow free period January, February, Sea transportation:
Nearby are also located the Great Wall Station (China), Artigas Showers Yes
March Land transportation: Bulldozers, Loader, Quad bikes, Trucks
(Uruguay), King Sejong (Republic of Korea), Carlini (Argentina), Laundry facilities Yes
Total annual precipitation (mm) 480 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Comandante Ferraz (Brazil), Henryk Arctowski (Poland) and Machu Power supply type Fossil fuel
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Electrical, Mechanical, Metal Workshop, Wood Workshop
Picchu (Peru). Power supply (V) 220 COMMUNICATIONS
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.3
Power supply (hours per day) 24 E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C)
Mean temperature in July (°C)
1.5
-6.4
Hydroponics facilities No TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
environment ENVIRONMENT
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
150 Access
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Air, Sea

An area near to the station, of 1.8 km2 in King George Island, was Region Antarctic Peninsula Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 80 Number of airstrips 1
proposed by Chile as a Specially Protected Area for four decades, Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Number of scientists on station Length (m) of longest runway 1300
on the basis of its uniqueness and paleontological richness. In this island geologic (off peak/winter season) Width (m) of longest runway 100
area, there are outcrops with fossils of a wide range of organisms, Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Max number of personnel at a time 150 Number of flight visits per year 300
including vertebrates and invertebrates and abundant flora with Peninsula (staff, scientists and others)
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
impressions of leaves, stems, pollen grains and spores that date Altitude of facility (m) 10 Specific device/Scientific equipment:
June, July, August, September, October, November, December
from the Upper Cretaceous to Eocene. The Cretaceous was a Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Scientific services possible: Helipad Yes
crucial time of vegetation change, mainly due to the evolutionary Long term monitoring Yes Long-term monitoring/observations: Yes Number of ship visits per year 100
and geographic radiation of angiosperms. During the late Waste management Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April, October,
Cretaceous, angiosperms infiltrated the pre-existing vegetation Hazard(ous) management Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 24 November, December
progressively, but gymnosperms, ferns and sphenophytes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) Ship landing facilities: None
Fuel spill response capability Yes
dominated terrestrial plant biomass until the Cenozoic. In addition, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
the Eocene represents the warmest time since the mass extinction Capability: Basic
at the end of the Cretaceous. The study of Fildes Peninsula
outcrops could answer several important scientific questions.
General research and databases Features in the facility area
History and facilities Results of the research are published in ISI and WOS refereed Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt
The Presidente Eduardo Frei Montalva base is the biggest and magazines and can therefore be searched using appropriate streams, Moraines, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches,
most important Chilean Antarctic station. It is an air operations keywords and available searching tools. At earlier times Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley.
station served by the Chilean Air Force, located at Fildes research was published mainly in the Instituto Antártico
Peninsula, in an ice-free area, in front of Fildes (Maxwell) Bay,
west of King George Island. Situated alongside are the Professor
Chileno’s (INACH) Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach
papers have also been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico
Main science disciplines
Julio Escudero Station, the Chilean Maritime Station Fildes and Chileno and ILAIA magazines. Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Environmental sciences,
also it is built only 200 meters from the Russian Bellingshausen Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine biology,
Station, with an altitude of 10 metres above sea-level. Paleoecology, Pollution, Terrestrial biology.

44 44 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 45


Photos: Chilean Antarctic Program
CHILE
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)

GABRIEL GONZÁLEZ VIDELA


GABRIEL GONZÁLEZ VIDELA

Area under roof (m2) 595 Capability:


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0 Equipment:
Type of scientific laboratories: None Distance to hospital (km) 1430
Conference room (capacity) 0 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 65
Logistic area (m2) 160 Closest emergency facility external (km) 1698
Number of beds 15 Medical research capabilities No
Showers Yes Medical screening requirements
Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil fuel, Sea transportation: Inflatable boat
Renewable Land transportation: None
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Mechanical, Metal Workshop, Wood Workshop
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS

Gabriel González Videla


Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 11 Satellite phone, VHF
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Sea
Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Ship
Chilean Antarctic Program (off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Max number of personnel at a time Length (m) of longest runway
(staff, scientists and others) 15 Width (m) of longest runway
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
64°49’25’’S 62°51’26’’W CLIMATE
Scientific services possible:
Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year:
0
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Long-term monitoring/observations: Gentoo penguins, Humpback Helipad Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous whales
Number of ship visits per year 30
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22 MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, October,
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 70 Area of medical facility (m2) 0
November, December
Dominant wind direction NW Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
December–April Sea Ice Break Up December
Ship landing facilities: None

Location Snow free period January, February,

President González Videla Station is located on the coast of


March General research and databases Features in the facility area
Total annual precipitation (mm) 915
the Gerlache Straits, Paradise Bay, Danco coast, Antarctic Results of the research are published in ISI and WOS refereed Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Glacier, Melt streams, Moraines,
Precipitation type Snow and Rain magazines and can therefore be searched using appropriate
Peninsula. It is 1.430 km south of Punta Arenas, Chile. Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Shoreline,
Mean annual temperature (°C) -6.7 keywords and available searching tools. At earlier times Snow.
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -1.9 research was published mainly in the Instituto Antártico

environment
Mean temperature in July (°C) -12 Chileno’s (INACH) Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach
papers have also been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico
Main science disciplines
ENVIRONMENT
In the area nearby Videla station it is possible to encounter Chileno and ILAIA magazines. Environmental science, Geology, Glaciology, Marine biology.
Region Antarctic Peninsula
penguins, of whom there is also a rare lineage of albino Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
specimens, humpback, killer whales, skuas and terns. island geologic
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
History and facilities Peninsula
Altitude of facility (m) 6
The station has been active in the period 1951–58, and was
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
reopened in the early 1980s; it is named after Chilean President
Gabriel González Videla, who visited Antarctica in 1940. Chilean Long term monitoring Yes
scientists and tourists vessels visit the station during the Waste management Yes
summer season. On the north edge of the station there is a sign Hazard(ous) management Yes
identifying Waterboat Point, an HSM. This was the place where Fuel spill response capability Yes
the smallest ever wintering-over party (two men) spent a year
and a day in 1921-1922. The two men, Thomas Bagshawe and
M.C. Lester, had been part of the British Imperial Expedition, but
their particular project, which involved flying a number of aircraft
to the South Pole, was aborted. Nevertheless, they decided to
stay over for the winter and made their shelter in an old whaling
boat they found on this site. During this time, Bagshawe wrote
the first scientific study of penguin breeding development.

46 46 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 47


CHILE

O’HIGGINS
O’HIGGINS

Photos: Chilean Antarctic Program


O’Higgins Chilean Antarctic Program FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 3000
Capability:
Equipment:
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 40 Distance to hospital (km) 1380
Type of scientific laboratories: Multipurpose Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 137
Conference room (capacity) 80 Closest emergency facility external (km) 1380
63°19’15’’S 57°53’59’’W CLIMATE Logistic area (m2) 500 Medical research capabilities No
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Number of beds 60 Medical screening requirements
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 23 Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: Inflatable boat
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 174 Power supply type Fossil fuel, Land transportation: Crane, Loaders, Skidoos
Dominant wind direction NE Renewable WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up December
Power supply (V) 220 Mechanical, Metal Workshop, Wood Workshop
Power supply (hours per day) 24 COMMUNICATIONS
Location Snow free period January, February
Hydroponics facilities No E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Total annual precipitation (mm) 621 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
The scientific laboratory located at O’Higgins Station, which is Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 44
run by the Chilean Army, is in the Antarctic Peninsula, 1.380 km Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 8 Access Air, Sea
south-east of Punta Arenas, Chile. Mean annual temperature (°C) -9.8 Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 21 Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Mean temperature in February (°C) -3 Number of scientists on station 3 Number of airstrips 1
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -17.8 (off peak/winter season) Length (m) of longest runway 800
ENVIRONMENT Max number of personnel at a time 60 Width (m) of longest runway
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula (staff, scientists and others) Number of flight visits per year 30
Geology, glaciology and marine biology studies are performed at Specific device/Scientific equipment: Centrifuges, Freezers, Laminar
Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula northern Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
and near the station. flow hoods, Magnifying glasses, microscopes, Precision scales, Snow
geologic June, July, August, September, October, November, December
density meters, Sterilizing ovens, Vacuum pumps
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: Helipad Yes
Scientific services possible: Meteorological
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 12 Long-term monitoring/observations: Environmental
Number of ship visits per year 6
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April, October,
O’Higgins station was inaugurated on February 18, 1948, during MEDICAL FACILITIES No
November, December
the Second Official Chilean Expedition to Antarctica; since its Long term monitoring Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 0 Ship landing facilities: None
opening, it has never been closed. Waste management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Hazard(ous) management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
General research and databases Fuel spill response capability Yes
Geology, glaciology and marine biology studies are performed at
and near the station. Results of the research are published in ISI
and WOS refereed magazines and can therefore be searched Features in the facility area
using appropriate keywords and available searching tools. At Bird colonies, Crevasses, Glacier, Melt streams, Moraines, Other
earlier times research was published mainly in the Instituto Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Shoreline, Snow.
Antártico Chileno’s (INACH) Serie Científica. Station’s research
outreach papers have also been published in the INACH Boletín Main science disciplines
Antártico Chileno and ILAIA magazines.
Geology, Glaciology, Marine biology, Meteorology.

48 48 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 49


CHILE

PRAT
PRAT

Photos: Chilean Antarctic Program


Prat Chilean Antarctic Program FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 1500
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 150 Equipment:
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Marine biology, Microbiology Distance to hospital (km) 1000
Conference room (capacity) 20 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
62°28’43’’S 59°39’48’’W CLIMATE Logistic area (m2) 500 Closest emergency facility external (km) 1000
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Number of beds 30 Medical research capabilities No
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Showers Yes Medical screening requirements No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 42.1 Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 92.6 Power supply type Fossil fuel Sea transportation: Zodiac boats
Dominant wind direction NW Power supply (V) 220 Land transportation: Loaders, Quad bikes
Year-round Sea Ice Break Up December Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hydroponics facilities No Mechanical, Metal Workshop, Wood Workshop
Location Snow free period January, February,
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 20 COMMUNICATIONS
March
The scientific laboratory is located at Arturo Prat station, run Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 10 E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Total annual precipitation (mm) 511
by the Chilean Navy, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 8 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) 144, is in the area Number of scientists on station Access Air, Sea
nearby the station. Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.3 Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
(off peak/winter season)
Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.6 Max number of personnel at a time 30 Number of airstrips 0
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.7 (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Autoclave, Centrifuges, Freezing
Length (m) of longest runway
ENVIRONMENT Width (m) of longest runway
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula
water baths, Freezers, Laminar flow hoods, Magnifying glasses, Number of flight visits per year
Geology, glaciology, microbiology and marine biology studies are microscopes, Precision scales, Snow density meters, Sterilizing ovens,
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Period of flight visits per year:
Vacuum pumps
performed at and in the area near the station. island geologic Helipad Yes
Scientific services possible:
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Number of ship visits per year 10
Long-term monitoring/observations: Yes
History and facilities Peninsula
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, October,
Altitude of facility (m) 0 November, December
Arturo Prat station was opened on February 6, 1947 by the Area of medical facility (m2) 14
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
First Chilean Antarctic Expedition and it has been established
Long term monitoring Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
in Iquique Cove, Chile Bay (Discovery Bay), Greenwich Island,
South Shetlands Islands. It is named after Captain Arturo Prat, Waste management Yes
the most important Chilean naval hero. Since its opening, the Hazard(ous) management Yes
Chilean Navy has run the Station; the Chilean Antarctic Institute Fuel spill response capability Yes
built laboratory facilities and bedrooms for scientists at the General research and databases Features in the facility area
site. Four sites at and nearby the station have been designated
Land and marine biology, microbiology, geology and glaciology Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt
Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 32, 33, 34 and 35,
studies have been performed at and near the station. Results of streams, Moraines, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches,
following Chile’s proposals to the Antarctic Treaty Consultative
the research are published in ISI and WOS refereed magazines Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley.
Meetings.
and can therefore be searched using appropriate keywords
and available searching tools. At earlier times research was Main science disciplines
published mainly in the Instituto Antártico Chileno’s (INACH)
Environmental sciences, Geology, Glaciology, Meteorology, Other
Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach papers have also
Biological sciences.
been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico Chileno and
ILAIA magazines.

50 50 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 51


CHILE
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
PROFESSOR JULIO ESCUDERO

PROFESSOR JULIO ESCUDERO


Area under roof (m2) 4000
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 300
Type of scientific laboratories: Atmospheric physics and chemistry,
Biology, Diving, Marine biology, Microbiology, Palaeontology, Pollution
Conference room (capacity) 50
Logistic area (m2) 760
Number of beds 60
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No

Professor Julio Escudero


Chilean Antarctic Program
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
10
50
2
0
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 90
(staff, scientists and others)
62°12’57’’S 58°57’35’’W CLIMATE Specific device/Scientific equipment: Analytical Scales, Magnetic
agitator, Manual autoclave, Microscopes, pH meter, Refrigerators,
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Spectrophotometer
Type: Station Permafrost None
Scientific services possible:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h)
Long-term monitoring/observations: Yes
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h)
MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Dominant wind direction NW
Area of medical facility (m2)
Location Sea Ice Break Up December Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Professor Julio Escudero station is located on Fildes Peninsula, Snow free period January, February, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
King George Island, Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) March Capability:
125. Stations in the nearby area are Bellingshausen (Russia), Total annual precipitation (mm) 38.2 Equipment:
Artigas (Uruguay), Great Wall Station (China), King Sejong (Korea) Precipitation type Snow and Rain Distance to hospital (km)
and Carlini (Argentina). Othere Chilean facility in the area are Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.3 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Collins, Fildes, Frei and Ripamonti. Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.5 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.4 Medical research capabilities
Biodiversity and natural

Photos: Instituto Antártico Chileno


ENVIRONMENT Medical screening requirements
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Sea transportation: Zodiac boats with outboard motor, One launch
An area near to the station, of 1.8 km in King George Island, was
2

island geologic Land transportation: 4WD trucks, Loaders, Quad bikes


proposed by Chile as a Special Protection Area, on the basis of
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic WORKSHOP FACILITIES
its uniqueness and paleontological richness. In this area, there
Peninsula COMMUNICATIONS
are outcrops with fossils of a wide range of organisms, including
E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
vertebrates and invertebrates and abundant flora with impressions Altitude of facility (m) 10
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
of leaves, stems, pollen grains and spores that date from the
Upper Cretaceous to Eocene. The Cretaceous was a crucial
Type of surface facility built on
Long term monitoring
Ice-free ground
Yes
General research and databases Access Air, Sea
Atmospheric, biological, environmental, palaeontology, geological Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
time of vegetation change, mainly due to the evolutionary and Waste management Yes
research, geomorphology and glaciology studies are conducted Number of airstrips 0
geographic radiation of angiosperms. During the late Cretaceous, Hazard(ous) management Yes
at and near the station. Length (m) of longest runway
angiosperms infiltrated the pre-existing vegetation progressively, Fuel spill response capability Yes Width (m) of longest runway
but gymnosperms, ferns and sphenophytes dominated terrestrial
plant biomass until the Cenozoic. In addition, the Eocene represents Features in the facility area Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
the warmest time since the mass extinction at the end of the Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt June, July, August, September, October, November, December
Cretaceous. The study of Fildes Peninsula outcrops could answer streams, Moraines, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Helipad Yes
several important scientific questions. Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley. Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, October,
History and facilities Main science disciplines November, December
During 1975, some containers were installed to support scientific Ship landing facilities: None
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Environmental sciences,
studies being carried out in the area. The place was known as Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine
Refugio Fildes or Fildes station. It was expanded after 1990 with biology, Paleoecology, Pollution, Terrestrial biology.
new modules. In 1994, the architecture works began for the first
habitational module that was officially opened on February 5, 1995,
with a ceremony led by the Director of INACH, Ambassador Oscar
Pinochet de la Barra, and attended by several Chilean authorities.
Currently, the facility has the capacity to accommodate sixty people,
a multipurpose laboratory, a laboratory of microbiology and basic
molecular biology, a wet lab, cold storage rooms and a divers
working zone.

52 52 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 53


CHILE
Risopatrón

RISOPATRON
RISOPATRON

Chilean Antarctic Program

62°22’17’’S 59°42’53’’W CLIMATE


Climate zone Maritime Antarctica

Photos: IChilean Antarctic Program


Type: Station Permafrost None
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 42.1
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 92.6
Dominant wind direction NW
October–March Sea Ice Break Up December
Location Snow free period January, February,
March, April
Risopatrón station is located on Coppermine Cove, Robert
Total annual precipitation (mm) 511 FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment:
Island, South Shetland Islands.
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Area under roof (m2) 60 Distance to hospital (km) 1000
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.3
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.6
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Type of scientific laboratories: Microbiology
15 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Closest emergency facility external (km)
20

environment Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.7 Conference room (capacity) Medical research capabilities
Geology, geophysics, glaciology, lakes and terrestrial biology ENVIRONMENT Logistic area (m2) 25 Medical screening requirements
science research are performed at and in the area nearby the Region Antarctic Peninsula Number of beds 6 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
station. Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Showers Sea transportation: Zodiac boats
island geologic Laundry facilities Land transportation: None
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Power supply type Fossil Fuel WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Peninsula Power supply (V) 220 COMMUNICATIONS
The station was established as a refuge in 1949 and opened as
Altitude of facility (m) 15 Power supply (hours per day) 10 Satellite phone, VHF
a small base in 1954. It is named after the Chilean geographer
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Hydroponics facilities No TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Luis Risopatrón.
Long term monitoring Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 2 Access Sea
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4 Transport to facility:
General research and databases Waste management Yes
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Hazard(ous) management
Land and lakes, environment, biology, geology, geophysical Number of scientists on station Length (m) of longest runway
Fuel spill response capability No
and glaciology studies are conducted at and near the station. (off peak/winter season) Width (m) of longest runway
Results of the research are published in ISI and WOS refereed Max number of personnel at a time Number of flight visits per year
magazines and can therefore be searched using appropriate (staff, scientists and others) Period of flight visits per year:
keywords and available searching tools. At earlier times research Specific device/Scientific equipment: Magnifying glass, Microscope Helipad
was published mainly in the Instituto Antártico Chileno (INACH) Scientific services possible: Number of ship visits per year
Serie Científica. Station’s research outreach papers have also Long-term monitoring/observations: No Period of ship visits per year:
been published in the INACH Boletín Antártico Chileno and Ship landing facilities: None
MEDICAL FACILITIES
ILAIA magazines. Area of medical facility (m2)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability:

Features in the facility area


Bird colonies, Coast, Hills, Glacier, Lake, Melt streams, Moraines,
Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Sea ice,
Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Valley.

Main science disciplines


Environmental sciences, Geology, Glaciology, Meteorology,
Terrestrial biology.

54 54 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 55


Photo: Instituto Antártico Chileno
CHILE
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE

YELCHO
Area under roof (m2) 400
YELCHO

Area scientific laboratories (m2) 33


Type of scientific laboratories: Aquariums, Biology, Marine biology,
Scientific diving
Conference room (capacity) 22
Logistic area (m2) 180
Number of beds 28
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel,

Photo: Chilean Antarctic Program


Renewable
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 8
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 20

Yelcho
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
Chilean Antarctic Program (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 28
(staff, scientists and others)

64°52’55’’S 63°35’03’’W CLIMATE Specific device/Scientific equipment: Microscopes, pH meter,


Refrigerator, Scale
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Scientific services possible:
Type: Station Permafrost None Long-term monitoring/observations:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 19.8 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 77.8 Area of medical facility (m2)
Dominant wind direction NW
October–March

Photo: Chilean Antarctic Program


Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Sea Ice Break Up December Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Location Snow free period January, February, March Capability: Basic
Total annual precipitation (mm) 44 Equipment:
Yelcho station is located on Doumer Island, South Bay.
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Distance to hospital (km) 1400
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 400
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) 2.0
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Mean temperature in February (°C) 2.4
environment Mean temperature in July (°C) Medical research capabilities
Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) 146 South Bay. Medical screening requirements
ENVIRONMENT
South Bay’s depths are characterized by the presence of rocky VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Region Antarctic Peninsula
substrates. In some areas, there are rocky walls that fall steeply Sea transportation: One zodiac boat MK-IV, two launches
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
at depths greater than 40 m. In areas closer to the glacier, island geologic Land transportation: ATV 1000cc
depths are a mixture of solid rock and quarry stones with less Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic WORKSHOP FACILITIES
steep slopes. In general, South Bay depths are dominated by Peninsula COMMUNICATIONS
red algae and brown algae Himantothalus grandifolius, which Altitude of facility (m) 10 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
dominates the bottom coverage, reaching more than 80% TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
coverage of the substrate. There are also mixed depths with Access Land, Sea
Long term monitoring Yes
predominant sludge deposits, some outcrops of rocks with Transport to facility: Ship
Waste management Yes
sponges and soft depths of sediment and mud. Number of airstrips 0
Hazard(ous) management Yes Length (m) of longest runway

Photo: Joao Barbosa


Fuel spill response capability No
History and facilities Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year
The Chilean Navy built Yelcho station on February 18, 1962, as
Period of flight visits per year:
a scientific station. It was transferred to the Chilean Antarctic
Helipad Yes
Institute in the early eighties, and it was used until the 1990s to
develop marine research. New facilities and laboratories were Number of ship visits per year 7
built, and the station reopened in 2015 by INACH Director José Features in the facility area Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April,
November, December
Retamales. Its name honoured the Coast Guard vessel Yelcho, Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasses, Glacier, Melt streams, Moraines, Ship landing facilities: None
led by Pilot Luis Pardo, who rescued Shackleton’s men from Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Sea ice,
Elephant Island in 1916. Seal colonies, Snow.

General research and databases Main science disciplines


Marine studies are conducted at and near Yelcho station. Marine biology, Oceanography.

56 56 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inach.cl 57


Photo: Zhang Lin
CHINA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
GREAT WALL

GREAT WALL
Area under roof (m2) 4082
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 1200
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Ecology, Meteorology
Conference room (capacity) 60
Logistic area (m2) 1900
Number of beds 40
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 220

Photo: Cao Jianjun


Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities Yes
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 22
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 38
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 11
Number of scientists on station 2
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 60
(staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Air sampler, Seismometer,
Magnetometer, Satellite receiver, Meteorology station, Biology and
ecology observation, and Laboratory equipment
Scientific services possible:
Long-term monitoring/observations: Biology, Geomagnetism,

Photo: Cao Jianjun


Seismography, Meteorology
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes

Great Wall
Chinese Arctic and Antarctic Administration /
CLIMATE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Area of medical facility (m2)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic
20
1
1

Permafrost Discontinuous Equipment: Portable ECG machine, Holter ECG monitor, Automatic
Polar Research Institute of China Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 26.64
wrist electronic sphygmomanometer, Portable ultrasound, Handheld
blood analyser
Max wind speed (km/h) 102.6 Distance to hospital (km) 3
Dominant wind direction NW
62°13’03.1’’S 58°57’43.2’’W History and facilities Sea Ice Break Up
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Closest emergency facility external (km)
5

The facility consists of a living building, buildings for scientific Snow free period None Medical research capabilities No
Type: Station research, one multifunctional building, garage, one building for Total annual precipitation (mm) 1127 Medical screening requirements Yes
sewage treatment and one building hosting power generators. Precipitation type VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Operational period: Year-round Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.5 Sea transportation: R/V Xuelong, Zodiac, Dinghy
General research and databases Mean temperature in February (°C) -1.7 Land transportation: Off-road vehicle, trailer
Location As a year-round station, the scientific research mainly focus on Mean temperature in July (°C) -7.6 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Great Wall station is located on the slopes of King George the study of ecology, environment monitoring, meteorological Mechanical
ENVIRONMENT
Island which are covered by snow all year and provide an observation, ice and snow, sea ice, geology, geomagnetism, COMMUNICATIONS
Region Antarctic Peninsula
abundant water supply. There is a long coastline and mudflat seismographic observation and remote mapping. Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula northern TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
along the station beach.
geologic Access Air, Land, Sea
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Biodiversity and natural Peninsula
Transport to facility: 4WD, Helicopter, Ship, Walking
Number of airstrips 0
environment Altitude of facility (m) 10 Length (m) of longest runway
The area near the station has a luxuriant growth of lichens, Type of surface facility built on Width (m) of longest runway
mosses and algae. The shore area is the habitat and breeding Long term monitoring Yes Number of flight visits per year 0
ground for penguins, seals and seabird. Waste management Yes Period of flight visits per year:
Hazard(ous) management Yes Helipad Yes
Fuel spill response capability Yes Number of ship visits per year 1
Period of ship visits per year: January, December
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty

Features in the facility area


Bird colonies, Coast, Lake, Low artificial light pollution, Other
Biological, Shoreline.

Main science disciplines


Climatology, Environmental sciences, Geology, Marine biology,
Terrestrial biology.

58 58 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.caa.gov.cn www.pric.org.cn 59


Photo: Hu Zhengyi
CHINA
Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
KUNLUN

KUNLUN
Area under roof (m2) 558
High elevation, Ice sheet.
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 80
Type of scientific laboratories: Astronomy, Ice coring
Main science disciplines Conference room (capacity) 20
Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate Logistic area (m2) 270
change, Glaciology, Geomagnetism, Mapping, Seismology. Number of beds 20
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities No
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Renewable
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 14
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 12
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)

Kunlun Chinese Arctic and Antarctic Administration /


Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 26

Photo: Wei Fuhai


(staff, scientists and others)
Polar Research Institute of China Specific device/Scientific equipment: Deep ice core drilling system,
Snow sampling, Three Antarctic Survey Telescopes (ASTs, Optical/
NIR, aperture size of 500 mm), Small telescope A-Ray (CSTAR,
80°25’01.7’’S 77°6’58.0’’E CLIMATE Optical, four wide-field telescopes with aperture size of 145 mm),
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Bright star survey telescope (BSST, Optical, a wide-field telescope with
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous aperture size of 300 mm), Meteorological station
Scientific services possible:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 18
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 154 Long-term monitoring/observations: Astronomical surveys in the fields
of exoplanets, supernova, cosmology, galaxies, Meteorology
Dominant wind direction N
December–February MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Sea Ice Break Up Area of medical facility (m2) 15
Location Snow free period None Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Kunlun station is located in Dome Argus (Dome A) area, the Total annual precipitation (mm) Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
highest place in Antarctica, on the East Antarctica plateau. The Precipitation type Capability: Basic
station is sitting at the middle section of the ice divide of the Mean annual temperature (°C) -51.4 Equipment: Portable hyperbaric oxygen chamber, Pulse blood oxygen
East Antarctic Ice Sheet. saturation instrument, Automatic wrist electronic sphygmomanometer,

Photo: Hu Zhengyi
Mean temperature in February (°C) -41.2
Oxygenerator
Mean temperature in July (°C) -60.5
Distance to hospital (km) 1300
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 780
environment Region Continental Antarctica
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: N – East Antarctic inland ice sheet Medical research capabilities No
There are no flora and fauna at the station and its surrounding
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: Medical screening requirements Yes
area; it is located 1200 km inland and the elevation rises
between 3900 m and 4092 m. The thickness of the ice sheet Altitude of facility (m) 4087 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
varies from 1500 m to 3100 m. This area is highly influenced by Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet Sea transportation:
altitude and cold air mass all year-round and is regarded to be Long term monitoring Yes Land transportation: Bulldozer, snow groomer
the center of the Antarctic cold source region. Waste management Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hazard(ous) management Yes Mechanical
COMMUNICATIONS
History and facilities Fuel spill response capability Yes
Satellite phone, VHF
The station consist of a main building, garage and a workshop TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
for ice core drilling. Access Air, Land
Transport to facility: Airplane, 4WD
General research and databases
Photo: Gong Shuming
Number of airstrips 1
Scientific research mainly focuses on the study of ice Length (m) of longest runway 3120
cores, snow and ice, astronomy, polar atmospheric science, Width (m) of longest runway 80
geomagnetism and seismology. Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year:
Ship landing facilities:

60 60 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.caa.gov.cn www.pric.org.cn 61


Photo: Wei Fuhai
CHINA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
TAISHAN

TAISHAN
Area under roof (m2) 710
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 60
Type of scientific laboratories: Glaciology, Meteorology, Space physics
Conference room (capacity) 12
Logistic area (m2) 650
Number of beds 20
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities No
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Renewable
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No

Taishan
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 8
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 12
Chinese Arctic and Antarctic Administration / Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
Polar Research Institute of China

Photo: Yu Ce
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 20
(staff, scientists and others)
73°51’50.0’’S 76°58’27.0’’E CLIMATE Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Scientific services possible:
Type: Camp Permafrost Continuous Long-term monitoring/observations:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 38.16 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 80.64 Area of medical facility (m2) 14
Dominant wind direction NE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
December–February Sea Ice Break Up None Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic
Location Snow free period None
Equipment: Portable hyperbaric oxygen chamber, Pulse blood oxygen
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Taishan camp is located in the Princess Elizabeth Land, East saturation instrument, Automatic wrist electronic sphygmomanometer,
Antarctica inland ice sheet. There is no flora and fauna in the Precipitation type
Oxygenerator
surrounding area within a radius of 100 km. Mean annual temperature (°C) -30.3 Distance to hospital (km) 525
Mean temperature in February (°C) -28.7 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 522
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -44.1 Closest emergency facility external (km)
ENVIRONMENT Medical research capabilities No
environment Region Continental Antarctica Medical screening requirements No
A world of ice and snow, a lack of local flora and fauna. Antarctic Environmental Domain: N – East Antarctic inland ice sheet VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: Sea transportation:
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 2621 Land transportation: Bulldozer, snow groomer
The camp was built on the same location of the refuge which Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet WORKSHOP FACILITIES
was supposed to be used by the inland team going to the Mechanical
Long term monitoring Yes
Kunlun Station. The construction of the main building has been COMMUNICATIONS
Waste management Yes Satellite phone, VHF
completed and it is the only building forming the camp. Hazard(ous) management Yes TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Fuel spill response capability Yes Access Air, Land
General research and databases Transport to facility: 4WD, Airplane
The research currently carried out at the camp are mainly Number of airstrips 1
in the field of glaciology, meteorological and space physics Length (m) of longest runway 2120
observation. Width (m) of longest runway 80
Number of flight visits per year
Features in the facility area Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
Ice cap. Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year

Main science disciplines Period of ship visits per year:


Ship landing facilities:
Glaciology, Meteorological observation, Space physics
observation.

Photos: CAA
62 62 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.caa.gov.cn www.pric.org.cn 63
Photo: Wei Fuhai
CHINA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
ZHONGSHAN

ZHONGSHAN
Area under roof (m2) 7436
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 2163
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology, Meteorology, Sea ice,
Snow and ice, Upper atmospheric physics
Conference room (capacity) 60
Logistic area (m2) 4700
Number of beds 60
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel,

Photo: Ge Renfeng
Renewable
Power supply (V) 220
Power supply (hours per day) 24

Zhongshan
Chinese Arctic and Antarctic Administration /
Hydroponics facilities
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Yes
39
21
12
Number of scientists on station 7
Polar Research Institute of China (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 60
(staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Digisonde DPS-4D, Aurora
69°22’24’’S 76°22’40’’E CLIMATE Spectrograph, CCD all-sky camera, Magnetomenter, Imaging
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica riometer, Seismometer, Shallow ice core drilling system, Ice radar,
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Sea ice detector, Atmospheric chemistry analyser, Satellite receiver,
Meteorological station, Biology sampling and laboratory equipment
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22.64
Scientific services possible:
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h)
Long-term monitoring/observations: Upper atmospheric physics,
Dominant wind direction
Atmospheric chemistry, Geomagnetism, Cosmic noise absorption,
Location Sea Ice Break Up Seismography, Meteorology
Zhongshan station in located on the Larsemann Hills along the Snow free period None MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
southeastern coast of Prydz Bay, several hundreds of kilometers Total annual precipitation (mm) Area of medical facility (m2) 80
away from the Amery Ice Shelf, Grove Mountains and Prince Precipitation type Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Charles Mountains in the southwest. Mean annual temperature (°C) -11.17 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Mean temperature in February (°C) -3.3 Capability: Surgery
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -19.7 Equipment: Automatic cardiopulmonary resuscitation device, Standard
wheeled stretcher vehicle, Portable ECG machine
environment ENVIRONMENT
Distance to hospital (km) 0
Colonies of penguins, seals and seabird can be found in Region Continental Antarctica
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 3
the area near the station. The station is located on an area Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic
Closest emergency facility external (km)
characterised by hills, mostly composed of Gneiss, with a shape Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Medical research capabilities No
similar to stairs climbing up from east to west. Altitude of facility (m) 11 Medical screening requirements Yes
Type of surface facility built on VEHICLES AT FACILITY
History and facilities Long term monitoring Yes Sea transportation: R/V Xuelong, Zodiac, Dinghy.
The facility consists of two living buildings, buildings for Waste management Yes Land transportation: Snow track towing vehicle, tractor
scientific research, one multifunctional building, one building for Hazard(ous) management Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
sewage treatment and one building hosting power generators. Fuel spill response capability Yes Mechanical, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Fax, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
General research and databases TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
The scientific research mainly focuses on the study of Access Air, Land, Sea
meteorological and upper atmospheric physics observation, Transport to facility: 4WD, Helicopter, Ship, Walking
geomagnetism, seismology, sea ice investigation in Prydz Bay Number of airstrips 0
Photo: Xiang Qian
and investigation in Amery Ice Shelf. Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Features in the facility area Number of flight visits per year 0
Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Fjord, Lake, Other Biological, Period of flight visits per year:
Rock, Shoreline, Snow. Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 2
Main science disciplines Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Geology, Meteorology,
Microbiology, Terrestrial biology.

64 64 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.caa.gov.cn www.pric.org.cn 65


Photo: Laska
CZECH REPUBLIC
General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE

JOHANN GREGOR MENDEL


Area under roof (m2) 288
JOHANN GREGOR MENDEL

Scientific research conducted at the station is multidisciplinary


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 33
and includes the following research disciplines: Climatology
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Climatology, Geology,
and Meteorology, Stress plant physiology, Geomorphology
Geography
(glacial and periglacial), Microbiology, (Paleo)limnology,
Conference room (capacity) 40
Algology, Zoology (Parasitology, Ichthyology, Ornithology),
Logistic area (m2) 30
Ecology, Ecological physiology, Bacteriology, Palaeoclimatology,
Number of beds 20
Palaeontology, Quaternary geology, Sedimentology, Volcanology,
Showers Yes
Genetics, Geochemistry, Glaciology, Lichenology and Bryology,
Laundry facilities Yes
Palynology, Physical geography, Physics of the atmosphere
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
(cosmic radiation measurement), Palaeomicrobiology, Pedology
Renewable
(soil research), Communication technology, Renewable energy Power supply (V) 230
and Waste management. Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
Features in the facility area
Johann Gregor Mendel
Masaryk University
Bluff, Coast, Fauna, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Lake,
Melt streams, Moraine, Mountain, Nunatak, Other Biological,
Permanent snowpatches, Plateau, Rivers, Rock, Sea, Sea ice,
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
4
16

Shoreline, Snow, Valley. (off peak/winter season)


Max number of personnel at a time 20

63°48’02.3’’S 57°52’57.3’’W CLIMATE


Main science disciplines (staff, scientists and others)
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Botany, Climate change, Specific device/Scientific equipment: Meteorological data collecting
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
– Meteorological stations for micro and macro climatological analysis.
Climatology, Ecology, Geocryology, Geodesy, Geology,
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Geomorphology, GIS, Glaciology, Human biology, Hydrology,
Full support to researchers – Accomodation, meals, two laboratories,
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 6 technical workshop, cabotage (rubber boats), support to the field
Isotopic chemistry, Limnology, Mapping, Marine biology,
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 126
Medicine, Microbiology, Paleoecology, Paleolimnology, Pollution,
camps
Dominant wind direction W Scientific services possible: Meteorological data collecting –
December–March Sea Ice Break Up January–March
Sedimentology, Sociology, Soil science, Terrestrial biology. Meteorological stations for micro and macro climatological analysis.
Full support to the RI users – Accomodation incl. meals, 2 laboratories,
Location Snow free period December–March technical workshop, cabotage (rubber boats), support to the field
Total annual precipitation (mm) camps.
Johann Gregor MendelCzech station is located on the Ulu
Precipitation type Snow Long-term monitoring/observations: Continuous measurements of
Peninsula, the most northern tip of the James Ross Island, east
Mean annual temperature (°C) -6.8 atmospheric pressure, temperature, relative air humidity, global and
side of Antarctic Peninsula. The nearest neighbouring stations
Mean temperature in February (°C) -0.1 solar radiation, wind speed and its direction, individual parts of UV
are Marambio (Argentina) and O’Higgins (Chile). Climatically, it is
radiation.
the border of the maritime and continental Antarctic regions. The Mean temperature in July (°C) -14.1
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
site is unique as it is one of the largest deglaciated coastal oasis ENVIRONMENT Area of medical facility (m2) 9
in the area. Several local glaciers, volcanic mountain, lakes, rivers Region Antarctic Peninsula Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 3
and paleontology sites are in the close vicinity. Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula northern Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
geologic
Capability: Basic
Biodiversity and natural Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic
Equipment: General
Peninsula
environment Altitude of facility (m) 10
Distance to hospital (km) 1406
Unique deglaciated area of coastal oasis with two months where Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 80
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
the mean temperature is above 0 °C, large area without any snow Closest emergency facility external (km) 1406
Long term monitoring No

Photo: Vodrazka
cover during the austral summer season. Some parts covered Medical research capabilities Yes
Waste management Yes
with various species of lichens and mosses. The depth of the Medical screening requirements No
Hazard(ous) management Yes
permafrost active layer varies 0.5 – 1.0 m. Permanent colonies VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Fuel spill response capability Yes Sea transportation: Four Zodiac rubber boats
of Skuas and Terns are present in the area; in addition, small
groups or individual of Chinstrap, Adélie and Gentoo penguins, Land transportation: Two 4WD ATVs, One 6WD ATV
Fur, Elephant, Leopard, Weddell and Crabeater seals could be WORKSHOP FACILITIES
occasionally encountered during the austral summer season. Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop, Wood workshop
Killer and Humpback whales can be found in the surrounding COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone,
waters.
VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
History and facilities Access Air, Sea
The Johann Gregor Mendel Czech Antarctic Station, with twenty Transport to facility: 4WD, Ship, Walking
persons capacity, was built during two austral summer seasons Number of airstrips 0
2004-05 and 2005-06. The Czech base bears the name of Length (m) of longest runway
J.G. Mendel (1822-1884), a founder of modern genetics and Width (m) of longest runway
pioneering meteorologist. The Johann Gregor Mendel Czech
Photo: Kavan

Number of flight visits per year 2


Antarctic Station is the only Czech government research base Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March
in Antarctica. Since it was settled in 2006, successful austral Helipad Yes
summer expeditions have been held every year. Number of ship visits per year 1
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March
Ship landing facilities:

66 66 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.sci.muni.cz/CARI/ 67


ECUADOR
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
PEDRO VICENTE MALDONADO

PEDRO VICENTE MALDONADO


Area under roof (m2) 908 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 200 Capability: Basic
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Geophysics, Equipment: Minor surgery, hypothermia, trauma, bed for hospitalization
Oceanography, Environmental, Hydrography Distance to hospital (km) 1578
Conference room (capacity) 15 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 12
Logistic area (m2) 500 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Number of beds 34 Medical research capabilities No
Showers Yes Medical screening requirements No
Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil Fuel Sea transportation: Three rubber boats
Power supply (V) 220 Land transportation: Two snowmobiles
Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Hydroponics facilities No Electricity workshop, Mechanic workshop, Wood workshop, ICTS,
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 22 Gasfitter workshop, Welding workshop

Pedro Vicente Maldonado


Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 10 COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) E-mail, Satellite phone, VHF
Number of scientists on station 22 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
(off peak/winter season) Access Air, Sea
Instituto Antártico Ecuatoriano Max number of personnel at a time 34 Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
(staff, scientists and others) Number of airstrips 0
Specific device/scientific equipment: Multiparameter, Length (m) of longest runway
62°26’57.6’’S 59°44’27.5’’W CLIMATE Spectrophotometer, Balance, dry heat stove, muffle, Reactor, BOD
incubator, Soxflett equipment, rotavapor distiller, Incubator, laminar
Width (m) of longest runway
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Number of flight visits per year
flow cabin, autoclave, Fluorimeter, Inverted microscope, Stereoscopic
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous microscope, Electric mortar sieve
Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22.31 Scientific services possible: Multidisciplinary scientific laboratory,
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 160.55 Weather Station, logistical support Number of ship visits per year
Dominant wind direction E Long-term monitoring/observations: Seasonal data of glaciological Period of ship visits per year:
October–March Sea Ice Break Up: January, February, March, October, November, parameters, since 2010 Ship landing facilities: None
MEDICAL FACILITIES
Location December
Area of medical facility (m2) 22
Snow free period: January, February, March, December
The Pedro Vicente Maldonado station is located on Greenwich
Total annual precipitation (mm) 600
Island, Antarctic Peninsula.
Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Mean annual temperature (°C)
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1
environment Mean temperature in July (°C)
Pedro Vicente Maldonado research station constitutes a suitable ENVIRONMENT
laboratory to monitor the progress and changes that occur on Region Antarctic Peninsula
the ecosystem in the Antarctic Peninsula area. Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
island geologic
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Peninsula
The seasonal Pedro Vicente Maldonado station was built in
Altitude of facility (m) 10
1990 with a maximum capability of twenty-two persons at any
one time. Since 2012, the maximum capability has increased up Type of surface facility built on Ice-Free Ground
to thirty-two persons. Long term monitoring No
Waste management Yes
General research and databases Hazard(ous) management Yes
Fuel spill response capability Yes
The research undertaken by the Instituto Antártico Ecuatoriano
(INAE) are in accordance with national research policies issued
by the National Secretary of Higher Education, Science and
Technology (SENESCYT), which is the highest research body
of Ecuador. There are four lines of research: 1) Environmental
Studies, 2) Interaction between Ecuador and Antarctica, 3)
Climate Change and 4) Technology Applied to Antarctica.

Features in the facility area


Bird colonies, Ice cap or glacier, Other Biological, Rock.

Photos: Instituto Antártico Ecuatoriano


Main science disciplines
Climatology, Climate change, Environmental sciences, Geodesy,
Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Geomorphology, Mapping,
Photos: INAE

Marine biology, Microbiology, Oceanography, Pollution,


Sedimentology, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.

68 68 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.inae.gob.ec 69


FINLAND

Aboa Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


ABOA

ABOA
Area under roof (m2) 200
Nunatak.
Finnish Antarctic Research Program Area scientific laboratories (m2) 75
Type of scientific laboratories: Gravity
at the Finnish Meteorological Institute Main science disciplines Conference room (capacity)
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Logistic area (m2) 200
Climatology, Geodesy, Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology. Number of beds 17
73°03’00’’S 13°25’00’’W CLIMATE Showers Yes
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Laundry facilities Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Renewable
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Power supply (V)
Power supply (hours per day)
220
24
October–March Dominant wind direction
Hydroponics facilities No
Sea Ice Break Up
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 5
Location Snow free period
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 8
Aboa station is located on the Basen nunatak in the Vestfjella Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Mountains, Dronning Maud Land. Precipitation type Number of scientists on station
Mean annual temperature (°C) -15.3 (off peak/winter season)
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -5.2 Max number of personnel at a time
(staff, scientists and others)
17
Mean temperature in July (°C) -21.9
environment ENVIRONMENT
Specific device/Scientific equipment: AWS, Seismometer, GPS
Vegetation is very scarce in the Basen nunatak. Some common Scientific services possible:
Region Continental Antarctica
algae, lichens and mosses, as well as some micro-organisms Long-term monitoring/observations:
Antarctic Environmental Domain: K – Northern latitude ice shelves
living in extreme conditions are present. There are a few dozen MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land
Snow petrels (Pagodroma nivea), a few Wilson’s storm petrels Area of medical facility (m2) 24
Altitude of facility (m) 400 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
(Oceanites oceanicus) and South Polar skuas (Catharacta
MacCormick) nesting on the Basen cliffs. Type of surface facility built on Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Long term monitoring Yes Capability:
History and facilities Waste management Yes Equipment:
Hazard(ous) management Yes Distance to hospital (km)
Aboa was built in 1988; the Swedish research station Wasa
Fuel spill response capability Yes Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
is located on the same nunatak, 200 metres from Aboa and
Closest emergency facility external (km)
the two stations together form the Nordenskiöld Base Camp.
Medical research capabilities YES
Aboa was enlarged and renovated during the summer 2002-
2003. Today the research station comprises a main building, Medical screening requirements Yes
a generator building, an arch shelter, two separate research/ VEHICLES AT FACILITY
accommodation containers, a container housing a doctor’s Sea transportation:
surgery/accommodation, a container with a gravity laboratory, Land transportation: Tracked and ATVs, one tractor, snowmobiles
three 20 foot storage containers (food, spare parts, storeroom), WORKSHOP FACILITIES
an incinerator container, a garage and a container for climate Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
research with a year-round weather station. Aboa can COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Printer, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
accommodate expeditions of up to 17 people and it is occupied
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
during the Antarctic summer only.
Access Air
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Skidoo,
General research and databases Walking
Finland started active Antarctic research when the station Aboa Number of airstrips 0
was founded in 1988. Since then, Finland has organized twenty- Length (m) of longest runway
three (2015) Antarctic research expeditions at the Finnish Width (m) of longest runway
research station Aboa. In recent years research has focused on Number of flight visits per year
geodesy and glaciology, soil, bedrock and marine geology and Period of flight visits per year:

Photos: Finnish Antarctic Research Program


geophysics, bi-polar meteorological and space physics, marine Helipad Yes
and structural technology, and oceanography and marine biology. Number of ship visits per year
Metadata is stored in the data system of the Joint Committee on Period of ship visits per year:
Antarctic Data Management. Ship landing facilities:

70 70 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarctica.fi/in-english 71


Photo: Eoin McDonald
FRANCE / ITALY

Concordia General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


CONCORDIA

CONCORDIA
Area under roof (m2) 3605
The research projects implemented at Concordia are linked
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 748
to many subjects involving societal concerns, such as climate
Type of scientific laboratories: Astronomy, Chemistry, Geophysics
Institut Polaire Francais Paul Emile Victor / change, the role of greenhouse gases or aerosols in past
Conference room (capacity)
and present trends or the hole in the ozone layer. Beside the
Programma Nazionale Di Ricerche in Antartide European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA), which Logistic area (m2) 2856
was completed in December 2004 and extended the record of Number of beds 80
climate variability to around 800,000 years BP, Concordia remains Showers Yes

75°05’59.9’’S 123°19’57.4’’E CLIMATE an active site for glaciology. Dome C also offers an exceptional
environment for astronomical observations and provides good
Laundry facilities
Power supply type
Yes
Fossil fuel
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Power supply (V) 230
conditions for calibration and validation of sensors embarked on
Type: Station Permafrost None
polar orbit satellites. Observatories in seismology, geomagnetism, Power supply (hours per day) 24
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 10.8 Hydroponics facilities No
or Earth-Sun interactions are present. Concordia station itself
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 114.8 is also considered as an excellent Earth-based analogue for Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 35
Dominant wind direction S orbital space stations or Mars-bound vessels and projects Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 35
Location Sea Ice Break Up None in collaboration with the European Space Agency (ESA) are Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 8
Concordia station is located at Dome C, on the high East Snow free period None implemented. Number of scientists on station 5
Antarctic plateau. The site is one of the coldest and among the Total annual precipitation (mm) (off peak/winter season)
most remote places on Earth. Among the year-round stations in Max number of personnel at a time 80
Antarctica, only 3 are located inland the continent (Amundsen-
Precipitation type Snow Features in the facility area (staff, scientists and others)
Mean annual temperature (°C) -52.1 Clear air zone, Ice cap or glacier, Low artificial light pollution, Specific device/Scientific equipment: No basic scientific equipment.
Scott, Vostok and Concordia). The closest stations are Dumont
Mean temperature in February (°C) -43.7 Low humidity, Plateau, Sustrugui. Each project should bring its own necessary scientific equipment.
d’Urville and Mario Zucchelli.
Mean temperature in July (°C) -64.2 Scientific services possible: A scientific engineer (electrician) is
appointed in winter for monitoring and maintenance of automated
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT Main science disciplines programs.
Region Continental Antarctica
Astonomy, Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics,
environment Antarctic Environmental Domain: Q – East Antarctic high interior ice Engineering, Environmental sciences, Geophysics, Glaciology,
Long-term monitoring/observations: Earth magnetism
(INTERMAGNET Network), Seismology (GEOSCOPE Network),
Dome C is 1100 km from the coast at a height of 3233m sheet
Human biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Paleoclimatology, Stratospheric ozone, SuperDARN (Super Dual Auroral Radar Network),
a.s.l., surrounded by thousands of kilometers of solid ice. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region:
Planetary Science. Glacier mass balance, Baseline Surface Radiation Network (BSRN),
Temperatures hardly rise above -25°C in summer and can fall Altitude of facility (m) 3233
meteorology (incl. Radio-sounding).
below -80°C in winter with record of -84.6°C reached in 2010. Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
As a consequence, there is no fauna and no flora. Long term monitoring Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 120

Photo: Programma Nazionale Di Ricerche


Waste management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
History and facilities Hazard(ous) management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
The idea of constructing a European permanent research station Fuel spill response capability Yes Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
in the heart of Antarctica, with an environment particularly Equipment: Altitude medicine, Anaesthesia, Biochemistry, Diagnostic
hostile for humans, sprang up when the site at Dome C was ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Laboratory diagnostics,
Telemedicine, Echography

in Antartide
revealed to be especially favourable for deep ice coring and
Distance to hospital (km) 5000
astronomy. This scientific challenge is accompanied by another,
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 1100
parallel adventure: the design and construction of a modern
Closest emergency facility external (km) 5000
station, capable of yielding new scientific knowledge concerning
not only Antarctica, but also concerning the whole our planet Medical research capabilities Yes
and beyond, the Universe. The Institut Polaire Francais Paul Medical screening requirements Yes
Emile Victor (IPEV) and the Programma Nazionale di Ricerche VEHICLES AT FACILITY
in Antartide (PNRA) have therefore pooled their skills and Sea transportation:
know-how, resources and combined operations to develop this Land transportation: One 4WD, two snow groomers, five skidoos, one
new station between 1999 and 2005. Concordia has been tracked loader, one telehandler, one tractor during summer, bicycles
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
continuously occupied since that time.
ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Land
Transport to facility: Airplane, Traverses from Cap Prud’homme
Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway 2000
Width (m) of longest runway 50
Number of flight visits per year 20
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year:
Ship landing facilities:
Photo: Claire Le Calvez

72 72 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.institut-polaire.fr www.pnra.it 73


FRANCE

Photo: Katell PIERRE


General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
DUMONT D’URVILLE

DUMONT D’URVILLE
Area under roof (m2) 4815
The research projects implemented at Dumont d’Urville station
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 872
cover a large range of scientific domains: bird and mammal
ecology and physiology, marine biology, glaciology, atmosphere Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geophysics, Scientific diving
chemistry, stratospheric ozone, meteorology as well as long term Conference room (capacity)
Earth science observatories in seismology and magnetism. Logistic area (m2) 3440
Number of beds 90
Features in the facility area Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Fauna, Ice cap or glacier, Ice
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
tongue, Seal colonies.
Renewable
Power supply (V) 230
Main science disciplines Power supply (hours per day) 24
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Environmental sciences, Hydroponics facilities No
Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine biology. Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 44
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 46

Dumont d’Urville
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 14
Number of scientists on station 10
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 90
Institut Polaire Francais Paul Emile Victor (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Basic equipments (precision
scales, microscopes, stove, distilled water etc..), surgery room, diving
facilities
66°39’77.0’’S 140°0‘08.0’’E CLIMATE Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Long-term monitoring/observations: Earth magnetism
Type: Station Permafrost None (INTERMAGNET Network), Seismology (GEOSCOPE Network), Sea
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 33.2 level (GLOSS Network), Stratospheric ozone, Glacier mass balance,
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 324 Atmospheric sulfur cycle, Nucleon component of the cosmic radiation,
Dominant wind direction SE Birds and mammal population dynamics
Location

Photo: Camille Fresser


Sea Ice Break Up January, February, MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
March, December Area of medical facility (m2) 110
Dumont d’Urville station is located on the coastal area of Terre
Snow free period None Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Adélie, in the Pointe Géologie Archipelago, on Petrel Island,
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
a short distance from the Antarctic continent. The Glacier Total annual precipitation (mm)
l’Astrolabe, close to the station, produces large icebergs which Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Precipitation type Snow
have a strong impact on the bottom of the sea floor and its Equipment: Anaesthesia, Biochemistry, Blood transfusion medicine,
Mean annual temperature (°C) -10.7
Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Telemedicine,
biodiversity. All the islands of the archipelago except for Ile Mean temperature in February (°C) -4 Echography
des Pétrels constitutes the Antarctic Specially Protected Area Mean temperature in July (°C) -16.7 Distance to hospital (km) 2700
(ASPA) 120 which includes also the Emperor penguin breeding
ENVIRONMENT Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 1500
colony on sea ice in winter.
Region Continental Antarctica Closest emergency facility external (km) 2700

Biodiversity and natural Antarctic Environmental Domain: L – Continental coastal-zone ice sheet Medical research capabilities
Medical screening requirements
No
Yes
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 13 Adélie Land
environment Altitude of facility (m) 42 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Located on a small island at 5 km from the continent, the Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Sea transportation: One barge 13 m 280 HP, one pontoon 50 T, two
dinghys 80 HP, two dinghys 10 HP
Dumont d’Urville station is entirely surrounded by sea ice in Long term monitoring Yes
Land transportation: Four 4WD vehicles, one tracked tractor, two

Photo: Francoise Amelineau


winter whereas the sea is usually open from December to Waste management Yes tracked carrier trucks, one tracked dumper, two bulldozers, one
March. A huge colony of breeding Emperor penguins is present Hazard(ous) management Yes excavator, two wheeled loaders, one wheeled telehandler
close to the station in winter, and several sea bird species, Fuel spill response capability Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
including numerous Adélie penguins and seals breed in the area. ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Local conditions are characterized by temperatures varying from COMMUNICATIONS
0°C to -35°C, blizzard, long polar nights and winds sometimes E-mail, Fax, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
exceeding 300 km/h. TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
History and facilities Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Number of airstrips 1
After the fire which destroyed the first French Antarctic Station
Length (m) of longest runway 1300
(Port-Martin) in Terre Adélie in January 1952, a team of six
Width (m) of longest runway 50
expeditioners decided to stay during winter on Ile des Pétrels,
Number of flight visits per year 15
in a small hut called “Base Marret” (HSM 47). In 1956, Dumont
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, October, November,
d’Urville station was built on this island, as a temporary station
December
for the International Geophysical Year (1957-58). The station Helipad Yes
has been continually occupied since that time. The facility
Number of ship visits per year 5
Photo: Erwann Amice

includes living quarters: sleeping accommodation, refectory,


Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
kitchen, library and hospital; laboratories – biology, geophysics,
Ship landing facilities: Floating dock/Pontoon, Pier/Jetty
meteorology; technical areas: power generating plant,
workshops and garages.

74 74 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.institut-polaire.fr 75


GERMANY
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
DALLMANN

DALLMANN
Coast, Fauna, Ice cap or glacier, Nunatak, Other Biological, Sea, Climate change, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Fishery,
Sea ice. Glaciology, Marine biology, Microbiology, Sedimentology,
Terrestrial biology.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment:


Area under roof (m2) 133 Distance to hospital (km) 0.2
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 118 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Scientific diving Closest emergency facility external (km)
Conference room (capacity) Medical research capabilities No
Logistic area (m2) Medical screening requirements No
Number of beds 16 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Showers Yes Sea transportation: Five Zodiac boats with outboard motors, two
Laundry facilities Yes Zodiac semi-rigid boats, model Hurricane 733 OB (as per Carlini

Dallmann
Power supply type Fossil fuel station data)
Power supply (V) 220 Land transportation: One truck, one tractor Terry, Three 4wd quad
all-terrain bikes, one 6wd all-terrain, four snowmobile (as per Carlini
Alfred Wegener Institute Power supply (hours per day) 24
station data)
Hydroponics facilities
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 2
Mechanical
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 14 COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 2 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, VHF
62°14’25.7’’S 58°40’00.3’’W CLIMATE Number of scientists on station TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica (off peak/winter season) Access Air, Sea
Type: Laboratory Permafrost Continuous Max number of personnel at a time 16 Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 36 (staff, scientists and others)
Number of airstrips
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Laboratory fully equipped
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Scientific services possible: Providing Liquid Nitrogen, Running
Length (m) of longest runway
Dominant wind direction
October–March Sea Ice Break Up
Decompression Chamber
Width (m) of longest runway
Long-term monitoring/observations: Yes, by Argentina at Carlini Number of flight visits per year 6
Location Snow free period January, February, Station Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
December
December MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
The Dallmann Laboratory is located at the Argentinean station Helipad
Total annual precipitation (mm) Area of medical facility (m2)
Carlini at the Potter Cove on Potter Peninsula, the southernmost Number of ship visits per year 2
Precipitation type Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
extreme of King George Island. The Potter Cove is surrounded
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.4 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) Period of ship visits per year: March, November
by ice fields, glaciers and the prominent Three Brothers Hill.
Capability: Ship landing facilities:
Potter Peninsula is an Antarctic Specially Protected Area (132). Mean temperature in February (°C) 2
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT
Region Antarctic Peninsula
environment Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula northern
The marine environment is a combination zone of glacier fronts, geologic
rocky shores and soft bottom areas. The coastal areas host bird Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic
colonies, marine mammal breeding areas and several vegetal Peninsula
species. Altitude of facility (m) 10
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
History and facilities Long term monitoring No
The Dallmann Laboratory was opened in 1994 by the Alfred Waste management Yes
Wegener Institute and the Instituto Antártico Argentino. The Hazard(ous) management Yes
laboratory is personned with German and Argentinian personnel, Fuel spill response capability Yes
and European guests, from October to March; during the winter
months, one person provided by the Instituto Antártico Argentino
(IAA) / Dirección National del Antártico (DNA) conducts
measurements and maintains the laboratory.

General research and databases


The main research fields are marine and terrestrial biological
studies, solar UV, ecophysical investigations, geological field
works.
Photos: Alfred Wegener Institute

76 76 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.awi.de/en 77


GERMANY

Kohnen Features in the facility area Main science disciplines

KOHNEN
KOHNEN

High elevation, Ice cap or glacier, Plateau. Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Alfred Wegener Institute Climatology, Geodesy, Geophysics, Glaciology.

75°00’06’’S 00°04’04’’E CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability:


Climate zone Inland Antarctica Area under roof (m2) 160 Equipment:
Type: Station Permafrost None Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0 Distance to hospital (km) 750
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 16.2 Type of scientific laboratories: None Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Dominant wind direction Logistic area (m2) 160 Medical research capabilities No
October–March Sea Ice Break Up Number of beds 8 Medical screening requirements No
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Location Snow free period None
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Kohnen station is located on the Antarctic plateau at an altitude Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation: Skidoos, snow groomer
of 2892 m. The bedrock is covered by 2782 m ice and snow. Precipitation type
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mean annual temperature (°C) -42.2
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Metal workshop
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -32.2 Hydroponics facilities COMMUNICATIONS
Mean temperature in July (°C) -52.3 E-mail, Satellite phone, VHF
environment ENVIRONMENT
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season)
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
4
2 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Kohnen station is located in the interior of the Antarctic Region Continental Antarctica Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Air, Land
continent, about 600 km away from the coast. Antarctic Environmental Domain: N – East Antarctic inland ice sheet Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Airplane, Skidoo
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: (off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 1
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 2892 Max number of personnel at a time 28 Length (m) of longest runway 2000
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway 20
The station was opened in 2001 as a logistics base for a deep Type of surface facility built on Ice sheet
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Number of flight visits per year
ice core drilling program. The central building consists of a Long term monitoring Yes Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year:
32 m long and 8 m wide steel platform on 16 pillars with 11 Waste management Yes Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad No
20-feet container modules on top of it. The functions of these Hazard(ous) management No data MEDICAL FACILITIES No Number of ship visits per year
modules are radio room, mess room, kitchen, sanitary facilities,
Fuel spill response capability Yes Area of medical facility (m2)
two sleeping rooms, snowmelter, store, workshop and power Period of ship visits per year:
plant. Food store containers on sledges and additional sleeping Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0 Ship landing facilities:
modules can be parked beside the platform. Because of snow Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
accumulation the platform has to be lifted up every second year;
four technicians are needed to open the station.

General research and databases


As Kohnen was the logistics base for ice core drilling for several
years. Additional to the deep ice core drilling, different science
programs took place at or near Kohnen station, including the
measurement of the local topography and ice velocity, ground-
based radio-echo sounding, meteorological measurements using
an automatic weather station and aerosol sampling with high-
and low-volume devices. Since 2012/13, the Coldest Firn (CoFi)
project uses Kohnen as its logistic base. The primary objective
of this project is to understand the densification and the air
enclosure process of the coldest firn.

Photos: Alfred Wegener Institute

Photos: Alfred Wegener Institute


78 78 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.awi.de/en 79
Photo: S Christmann
GERMANY
General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
NEUMAYER III

NEUMAYER III
Area under roof (m2) 4890
Main research fields are meteorology, air chemistry and
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 410
geophysics. These are long-term observatories and the data
are available at www.pangaea.de. The meteorology observatory Type of scientific laboratories: Chemistry, Geophysics, Meteorology
is part of the Baseline Surface Radiation Network (BSRN). Conference room (capacity)
Additionally, ocean acoustics and the observation of the Logistic area (m2) 2511
penguin colony take place. The Neumayer Station III is also the Number of beds 40
location of the infra-sound array I27DE, a measuring field of the Showers Yes
Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty Organization (CTBTO). Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Features in the facility area Power supply (V)
Renewable
220
Bird colonies, Coast, Other Biological, Ice shelf, Sea ice. Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
Main science disciplines Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 20
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 40
Geophysics, Glaciology, Meteorology. Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 5

Neumayer III Alfred Wegener Institute


Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time
(staff, scientists and others)
4

60

Specific device/Scientific equipment: Meteorological equipment,


air-chemistry lab, GPS, hydrophones beneath the ice shelf, camera for
observing penguin colony
70°41’0’’S 08°16’0’’W CLIMATE
Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Long-term monitoring/observations: Meteorological observations, air-
Type: Station Permafrost None chemistry, geophysics
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 32.4 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 133.6 Area of medical facility (m2) 56
Dominant wind direction E Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 3
Location Sea Ice Break Up January Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 3
Neumayer Station III is located about 20 km inland of the ice Snow free period None Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
edge on the Ekström Ice Shelf. The Ekström Ice Shelf is a part Total annual precipitation (mm) Equipment: Anaesthesia, Diagnostic X-ray, Laboratory diagnostics,
of Dronning Maud Land in the Atlantic Sector of Antarctica. In Precipitation type Telemedicine
contrast to the previous stations, Neumayer Station III was built Distance to hospital (km)
Mean annual temperature (°C) -16
about 7 m above the snow surface. Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Mean temperature in February (°C) -8.1
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -24.9
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT
Medical research capabilities
Medical screening requirements
Yes
Yes
environment Region Continental Antarctica VEHICLES AT FACILITY
The coastal environment favours the biodiversity in the vicinity of Antarctic Environmental Domain: I – East Antarctic ice shelves Sea transportation:
Neumayer Station III. Emperor penguin colony, Adélie penguins Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land Land transportation: Ten skidoos, twenty snow groomers, two 4WD
as well as Weddell seals, Skuas and other birds are present. The Altitude of facility (m) 43 vehicles with balloon tyres
Ekström Ice Shelf is surrounded by two ice covered ridges and Type of surface facility built on WORKSHOP FACILITIES
the ice shelf forms a bay (Atka Bay). The ice shelf is about 200 Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop, Wood workshop
Long term monitoring Yes
m thick at its front and has a velocity of 250 m/yr. COMMUNICATIONS
Waste management Yes Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Hazard(ous) management Yes TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
History and facilities Fuel spill response capability Yes Access Air, Land, Sea
Neumayer Station III follows the Georg-von-Neumayer station Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship, Ski, Skidoo
(1981–1992) and Neumayer II station (1992–2009) on the Number of airstrips 1
Ekström Ice Shelf. It is the first of these three stations to be built Length (m) of longest runway 1000
about 7 m above the surface. Neumayer Station III integrates Width (m) of longest runway 60
research, operational and accommodation facilities in one Number of flight visits per year
building. On the roof of Neumayer Station III, a balloon launching Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
hall was built to launch radiosondes. A short distance from the Helipad Yes
station (1.5 km) an air chemistry (trace gases) and a geophysics Number of ship visits per year 2
observatory are located. Together with the meteorology, they Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
comprise the long-term observatories of Neumayer Station III. Ship landing facilities: Ice pier
Photos on this page: T Steuer

80 80 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.awi.de/en 81


INDIA
Bharati Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
BHARATI

BHARATI
National Centre for Antarctic & Ocean Research Bird colonies, Bluff, Clear air zone, Coast, Fjord, Hill, Lake, Other Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Biological, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Shoreline, Snow. Environmental sciences, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics,
Glaciology, Human biology, Isotopic chemistry, Mapping,
Paleolimnology, Sedimentology.
69°24’24.4’’S 76°11’42.9’’E CLIMATE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Type: Station Permafrost None
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22
Area under roof (m2) 2900 Capability: Basic, Surgery
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 122
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 270 Equipment: Anaesthesia, Biochemistry
Dominant wind direction E
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geology Distance to hospital (km)
Location Sea Ice Break Up February
Conference room (capacity) 70 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Bharati is located in Larsemann Hills on a small promontory Snow free period January, February, Logistic area (m2) 332 Closest emergency facility external (km)
between Thala Fjord and Quilty bay, east of Stornes Peninsula. December Number of beds 47 Medical research capabilities No
Total annual precipitation (mm) 287 Showers Yes Medical screening requirements No
Biodiversity and natural Precipitation type Snow Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual temperature (°C) -10.2
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -4.6
Power supply type
Power supply (V)
Fossil fuel
220
Sea transportation:
Land transportation: Snowmobiles
Promontory, ice-free ground, petrels and penguins, seals Power supply (hours per day) 24
Mean temperature in July (°C) -17.6 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
occasionally. Hydroponics facilities No
ENVIRONMENT Mechanical, Wood workshop
Region Continental Antarctica Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 24 COMMUNICATIONS
History and facilities Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic Coastal Geologic Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 22 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
About 2500 km east of Maitri, the new Indian research base Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 18 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica
Bharati is located between Thala Fjord & Quilty bay, east of Number of scientists on station 5 Access Air, Sea
Altitude of facility (m) 35
Stornes Peninsula in Antarctica. A modular, three story structure (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship, Skidoo, Walking
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Max number of personnel at a time 47 Number of airstrips 0
with total floor area of 2900m2 over a small footprint of 1650m2
Long term monitoring Yes (staff, scientists and others) Length (m) of longest runway
was commissioned on 18 March 2012 to facilitate year-round
Waste management Yes Specific device/Scientific equipment: Digital Fluxgate; Proton Width (m) of longest runway
scientific research activities. The station consists of one main
Hazard(ous) management Yes Precision; Induction Coil magnetometers; Automatic Weather Station;
building, fuel farm, fuel station, sea water pump house, a Number of flight visits per year 7
GSV-4004B GISTM receiver
summer camp and a number of smaller containerized modules. Fuel spill response capability Yes Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
Scientific services possible: Weather services
The main building offers regulated power supply, automated Long-term monitoring/observations: Weather; Magnetic observations
Helipad Yes
heating and air conditioning with hot and cold running water, for electromagnetic changes in the near-Earth environment; Number of ship visits per year 1
flush toilets, sauna, cold storage, aesthetically designed living, Ionospheric Total Electron Content; Environmental radiation monitoring Period of ship visits per year: January, February
dining, lounge and laboratory space. The communication is MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Ship landing facilities: None
through dedicated satellite channels providing connectivity for Area of medical facility (m2) 54
voice, video and data with the India mainland. Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2

General research and databases


Earth, life and atmospheric sciences.

Photos: National Centre for Antarctic & Ocean Research


82 82 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.ncaor.gov.in 83
INDIA
Maitri
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
MAITRI

MAITRI
Area under roof (m2) 1030 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
National Centre for Antarctic & Ocean Research Area scientific laboratories (m2) 105 Capability: Basic, Surgery
Type of scientific laboratories: Geology, Geophysics Equipment: Anaesthesia, Biochemistry, Diagnostic ultrasound
Conference room (capacity) Distance to hospital (km)
70°46’00.6’’S 11°43’50.8’’E CLIMATE Logistic area (m2) 449 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 3.5
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Number of beds 65 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Showers Yes Medical research capabilities No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 31.5 Laundry facilities Yes Medical screening requirements No
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 204 Power supply type Fossil fuel VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Dominant wind direction SE Power supply (V) 220 Sea transportation:
Location Sea Ice Break Up February, March Power supply (hours per day) 24 Land transportation: Snowmobiles
Maitri station is situated on an ice free, rocky area on the Snow free period January, February, Hydroponics facilities No WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Schirmacher Oasis in the central Dronning Maud Land region of December Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 20 Mechanical, Wood workshop
East Antarctica. Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 25 COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 18 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone,
Precipitation type Snow
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -9.7 Number of scientists on station 7 VHF.
(off peak/winter season) TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -3 Max number of personnel at a time 65 Access Air, Land
Mean temperature in July (°C) -16.8 (staff, scientists and others) Transport to facility: 4WD, Airplane, Helicopter, Ship, Skidoo, Walking
Ice-free ground; petrels, skua and penguins are occassionally
seen. ENVIRONMENT Specific device/Scientific equipment: Imaging Riometer, Ionosonde, Number of airstrips 0
Region Continental Antarctica Digital Fluxgate, Proton Precision, Induction Coil magnetometers, Length (m) of longest runway
Automatic Weather Station, Movable Atmospheric RADAR for
History and facilities Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic Coastal Geologic
Antarctica, Digital Broadband Seismograph
Width (m) of longest runway
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land Number of flight visits per year 10
Since 1983 the Indian scientific endeavors in Antarctica Scientific services possible: Weather Services
Altitude of facility (m) 117 Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
have been sustained on a year-round basis, from the Indian Long-term monitoring/observations: Weather, Magnetic observations
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Helipad Yes
permanent stations “Dakshin Gangotri” (1983-1989) and for electromagnetic changes in the near-Earth environment,
Number of ship visits per year 1
“Maitri” (1989 – present). In the year 1986, an ice free, rocky Long term monitoring Yes Ionospheric Total Electron Content, Seismicity, Wind Profile
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Period of ship visits per year: February, March
area on the Schirmacher Oasis was selected to build the second Waste management Yes
Area of medical facility (m2) 22 Ship landing facilities: Ice pier
research station “Maitri”. It is an inland station at an elevation Hazard(ous) management Yes
of about 117 m and about 100 km from the sea with an Fuel spill response capability Yes
intervening ice shelf in between. Dakshin Gangotri station was
decommissioned in 1990. Features in the facility area
Bird colonies, Clear air zone, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Ice
General research and databases tongue, Lake, Melt streams, Moraine, Mountain, Other Biological,
The infrastructure available at the station has enabled the Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Snow, Valley.
scientists to conduct research in various disciplines such as
Atmospheric Sciences & Meteorology, Earth Sciences including Main science disciplines
Glaciology, Human Biology, Medicine, Biology and Environmental Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Sciences. Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology,
Geophysics, Glaciology, Isotopic chemistry, Mapping,
Paleolimnology, Sedimentology.

Photos: National Centre for Antarctic & Ocean Research


84 84 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.ncaor.gov.in 85
Photo: PNRA
ITALY
History and facilities Nazionale di Ricerche in Antartide (PNRA) has collected
meteorological data by means of several automatic weather
The site for the permanent Italian station, built in 1986, is Terra
MARIO ZUCCHELLI

MARIO ZUCCHELLI
stations (over thirty at present) installed in the Victoria Land
Nova Bay between Cape Washington and the Drygalski Ice region. Measurements of the size of Adélie penguin colonies
Tongue, along the coast of Northern Victoria Land. The station of the southern Ross Sea since 1984 are among the longest
was called Baia Terra Nova until 2004. The station is built right biologic time series in Antarctica. At Boulder Clay, since 2000,
on the shore, on a granite rocky peninsula with a north-south an automatic station (CALM protocol grid) is monitoring the
orientation. The area assigned to the buildings provides easy permafrost thermal regime.
access from/to the sea from both east and west. The small inlet
on the east shore is particularly suited for unloading cargo at Features in the facility area
the beginning of the season, when the sea is totally covered
with ice. The fast-ice in Tethys Bay is used at the beginning Bird colonies, Blue ice, Bluff, Clear air zone, Coast, Crevasse,
of the season as an aircraft landing place. The main facilities High elevation, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Ice tongue, Lake,
are runways, helipads, plants (power production, incinerator, Low artificial light pollution, Low humidity, Melt streams, Moraine,
waste water treatment, desalinator, liquefier), fuel storage and Mountain, Nunatak, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches,
aquarium. Plateau, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow,
Sustrugui, Terrestrial geothermal, Valley.
General research and databases

Mario Zucchelli
Main science disciplines
Terra Nova Bay area has been widely scientifically investigated
in the last thirty-two years, through extensive geological, Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate
oceanographic, marine, ecological and biological research. change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Fishery,
Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, GIS, Glaciology,
Programma Nazionale di Ricerche in Antartide Marine biological research activities were carried out in the area
Hydrology, Isotopic chemistry, Limnology, Mapping, Marine
during the austral summers since the early 1990s including
fish community dynamics (in particular the Silver fish). Since biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Oceanography, Paleoecology,
74°41’42’’S 164°7’23’’E CLIMATE 1987, the Meteo-Climatological Observatory of the Programma Pollution, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 22 Area under roof (m2) 7500 Area of medical facility (m2) 60
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 243 Area scientific laboratories (m2) 2400 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 3
Dominant wind direction W
October–February Sea Ice Break Up December
Type of scientific laboratories: Astrophysics, Biology, Chemistry, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 0
Climate, Geodesy, Geology, Geomagnetism, Geophysics, Glaciology, Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Location Snow free period January, December Gravimetric, Ionosphere, Scientific diving, Seismology
Conference room (capacity) 100
Equipment: Anaesthesia, Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray,
Total annual precipitation (mm) Hyperbaric Recompression Chamber, Laboratory diagnostics,
Mario Zucchelli station (MZS) is located in the Ross Sea area, Logistic area (m2) 5100 Ophthalmology, Telemedicine, Surgical theatre, Traumatology, Portable
in the Victoria Land, at the foot of small range called Northern Precipitation type Snow
Number of beds 124 field X-ray
Foothills. MZS is a costal station built on a granite promontory Mean annual temperature (°C) -14
Showers Yes Distance to hospital (km) 3500
overlooking the Gerlache Inlet, within the wider Terra Nova Bay. Mean temperature in February (°C) -7
Laundry facilities Yes Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 360
Mean temperature in July (°C) -22 Closest emergency facility external (km) 3500
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Biodiversity and natural ENVIRONMENT Power supply (V) 380 Medical research capabilities No
Region Continental Antarctica
environment Antarctic Environmental Domain: U – North Victoria Land geologic
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Medical screening requirements Yes
Hydroponics facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
MZS is located in the Northern Foothills, an ice-marginal, high
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 8 North Victoria Land Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 80 Sea transportation: “Malippo” 15 m aluminum boat, “Skua” 14 m boat,
latitude periglacial environment covered only by local glaciers four Zodiac rubber boats
Altitude of facility (m) 15 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 40
and snowfields. The area, characterized by Adélie and Emperor Land transportation: Ten pickup trucks, one minibus, six quad bikes,
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
penguin colonies and Skua colonies (at Edmonson Point, Cape eight skidoos, snow groomer
Long term monitoring Yes Number of scientists on station
Washington, Adélie Cove and Inexpressible Island), hosts some WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Waste management Yes (off peak/winter season)
marine and terrestrial protected areas (ASPA161, 118 and 173). Electrical, ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop,
Max number of personnel at a time 120
The fauna comprises also other species of seabirds (Snow and Hazard(ous) management Yes Welding, Wood workshop
(staff, scientists and others)
Wilson’s Storm petrel), seals (Leopard and Weddell seal) and Fuel spill response capability Yes COMMUNICATIONS
Specific device/Scientific equipment: The station has several research
whales (Killer, Antarctic minke and Arnoux’s beaked whale). Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
facilities that include helicopters, boats (a 15 m oceanographic vessel
Furthermore Wood Bay and Terra Nova Bay are among the Telephone, VHF
and six rubber-dinghies), terrestrial cross-country vehicles (mainly
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
most biologically and ecologically diverse areas in Antarctica as support of scientific activities in remote areas) and common
laboratories. Access Air, Sea
with many species of bryophytes, lichens, algae, cyanobacteria
Scientific services possible: Along with helicopter and airplane services Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
and invertebrates. The vegetation of Victoria Land is entirely
cryptogamic and vascular plants are absent. for remote field research, a diving research service is available as well, Number of airstrips 4
allowed by the regular presence on field of professional divers. For this Length (m) of longest runway 3000
purpose a hyperbaric chamber is available at MZS. Width (m) of longest runway 70
Long-term monitoring/observations: Long-term monitoring and Number of flight visits per year 20
observations consist of: five year-round automatic observatories
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, October, November,
(geomagnetism, ionosphere, seismology, space weather and surface December
radiative fluxes), the Meteo-climatic PNRA AWS network (since 1987), Helipad Yes
the permafrost active layer monitoring CALM grid (since 2000), the Number of ship visits per year 1
long-term monitoring of Adélie penguin colonies at Adélie Cove and of Period of ship visits per year: January
silver fish reproduction at Terra Nova Bay. Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
Photo: PNRA

86 86 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.pnra.it 87


JAPAN

Syowa
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 7480
SYOWA

SYOWA
National Institute of Polar Research Area scientific laboratories (m2) 1330
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Geophysics
Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2) 6150
69°0‘25.1’’S 39°35’01.5’’E CLIMATE
Number of beds 130
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Showers Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Laundry facilities Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 6.7 Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Renewable
Dominant wind direction Power supply (V) 100
Location Sea Ice Break Up None Power supply (hours per day)
Syowa station was established on East Ongul Island, Lützow – Snow free period None Hydroponics facilities Yes
Holm Bay, on 29 January 1957. Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 120
Precipitation type Snow Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 50
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -10.4
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
30
10
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -2.9
(off peak/winter season)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -17.3 Max number of personnel at a time 130
Syowa station is located on East Ongul Island being separated
ENVIRONMENT (staff, scientists and others)
by the Ongul Strait, which is approximately 4 km wide, the
Region Continental Antarctica Specific device/Scientific equipment:
climate is comparatively moderate. The rock surface is exposed
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic Scientific services possible:
in the summer, revealing moss and lichen colonies.
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land Long-term monitoring/observations:
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 29
Area of medical facility (m2) 100
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Syowa station was built in 1957 in the International Geophysical Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 4
Year. Initially, cartographic, astronomical and gravity surveys were Long term monitoring Yes
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
undertaken at the station. Now, a range of diverse research is Waste management Yes
Capability: Dental, Surgery
carried out there and in the immediate vicinity of the station. Hazard(ous) management Yes
Equipment: Anaesthesia, Biochemistry, Diagnostic ultrasound,
Syowa is a year-round station with capacity for up to 130 people Fuel spill response capability Yes Diagnostic X-ray, Laboratory diagnostics, Telemedicine
in the summer and a maximum of 42 people in winter. Distance to hospital (km)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
General research and databases Closest emergency facility external (km)
Research undertaken at Syowa includes space and upper Medical research capabilities Yes
atmospheric, meteorology, glaciology, geosciences, bioscience, Medical screening requirements Yes
polar engineering, and climate change studies. At present, VEHICLES AT FACILITY

Photos: National Institute of Polar Research


National Institute of Polar Research (NIPR) and Syowa station Sea transportation: Rubber boats
are constantly networked via an Intelsat satellite link, and the Land transportation: 4WD cars, snow vehicles, skidoos
data from Syowa are directly transferred to NIPR through this WORKSHOP FACILITIES
network via a high-speed LAN in the station. The “Multipurpose Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Satellite Data Receiving System” at Syowa is operated by COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
the Polar Data Centre (PDC), and data from various earth
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
observation satellites are received and transferred to NIPR. The
Access Air, Sea
transferred data from Syowa are stored in the Polar Science
Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
Data Library System (POLARIS) in NIPR, and transferred to
researchers in collaborating universities and institutes via the Number of airstrips 2
Science Information Network (SINET). Features in the facility area Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
1200
50
Coast, Lake, Low artificial light pollution, Low humidity, Melt Number of flight visits per year 5
streams, Permanent snowpatches, Sea, Sea ice, Snow.
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
Helipad Yes
Main science disciplines Number of ship visits per year 1
Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Ship landing facilities: None
Geocryology, Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics,
Glaciology, Human biology, Isotopic chemistry, Limnology,
Mapping, Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Oceanography,
Paleolimnology, Pollution, Terrestrial biology.
Photo: H. Nakamura

88 88 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.nipr.ac.jp/english 89


NETHERLANDS
4. A clean room laboratory suitable for trace metal research. Features in the facility area
DIRCK GERRITSZ LABORATORY

DIRCK GERRITSZ LABORATORY


It is equipped with special filters in the air-processing system
to ensure that the air entering the container is completely Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Fjord, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf,
particle free. The temperature in this container can be controlled Mountain, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea,
between 5 °C and 20 °C. Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow.

General research and databases Main science disciplines


Chemical oceanography, terrestrial and marine ecology. To view Climate change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences,
all the data collected, please visit www.npdc.nl. Glaciology, Isotopic chemistry, Marine biology, Microbiology,
Oceanography, Terrestrial biology.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: None


Area under roof (m2) 48 Equipment: None
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 48 Distance to hospital (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)

Dirck Gerritsz Laboratory


Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) 0 Medical research capabilities
Number of beds 0 Medical screening requirements
Showers VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research Laundry facilities Sea transportation:
Power supply type Fossil fuel, Land transportation:
Renewable WORKSHOP FACILITIES
67°34’07.1’’S 68°07’27.8’’W CLIMATE Power supply (V) None
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Power supply (hours per day) COMMUNICATIONS
Type: Laboratory Permafrost Continuous Hydroponics facilities E-mail, Telephone
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 2 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 8 Access Air, Sea
Dominant wind direction Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
October–March Sea Ice Break Up Number of scientists on station Number of airstrips 0
(off peak/winter season) Length (m) of longest runway
Location Snow free period
Max number of personnel at a time 10 Width (m) of longest runway
Total annual precipitation (mm) (staff, scientists and others)
Dirck Gerritsz Laboratory is located at Rothera Research station, Number of flight visits per year
run by the British Antarctic Survey, Adelaide Island, Western Precipitation type Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Period of flight visits per year:
Antarctic Peninsula. Mean annual temperature (°C) -5 Scientific services possible:
Helipad
Mean temperature in February (°C) -0.1 Long-term monitoring/observations:
Number of ship visits per year
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -11.6 MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Period of ship visits per year:
ENVIRONMENT Area of medical facility (m2) 0
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0
Ship landing facilities:

As per Rothera Research station information, the Flora mainly Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
limited to lichen. Breeding colonies of South polar skua, island geologic
terns and Imperial Cormorants in the area. Large transitory Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 4 Central South
populations of other bird species (petrels, gulls etc). Regular Antarctic Peninsula
visits from Adélie penguins although no breeding colonies close Altitude of facility (m) 16
by. Occasional sightings of Chinstrap and Emperor penguins. Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Regular sightings of Weddell, Crabeater, Fur, Elephant and Long term monitoring No data
Leopard seals. Regular sightings of Minke whale and Orca, Waste management No data
occasionally Humpbacks.
Hazard(ous) management No data
Fuel spill response capability No data
History and facilities
Officially opened January 2013, four flexible high tech mobile
labs built in standard ISO 20 feet high cube containers. All four
housed in a specially designed docking station.
1. A dry lab suitable for the use of a wide range of analytical
instruments (e.g. flow cytometry) that need to be run at room
temperature (15-22 °C).
2. A dry lab suitable for culturing using a cabinet with plasma
lamps that provide the daylight spectrum. The temperature in
this container is kept between 0 °C and 22 °C.
3. A wet lab suitable for processing water samples and
biological rate measurements at the temperature of the sample

Photos: D. van der Kroef


of interest. The temperature in this container is kept between 2
°C and 15 °C.

90 90 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.nwo.nl/npp 91


Photo: B. Goodsell, Antarctica New Zealand Pictorial Collection
NEW ZEALAND

Scott Base History and facilities FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


SCOTT BASE

SCOTT BASE
Area under roof (m2) 4000
Antarctica New Zealand Sir Edmund Hillary’s leadership in 1957 set a high standard Area scientific laboratories (m2) 400
of endeavour and marked the beginning of the development Type of scientific laboratories: General purpose and clean staging
of a solid science support programme. His overland trip to areas for scientific groups; Customised facilities in portable container
the South Pole, backing the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic laboratories that can dock into main building; Small wet laboratory facilities
77°50’58.0’’S 166°46’02.2’’E CLIMATE
Expedition, was a daring and innovative journey. The proposal for Conference room (capacity) 30
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica a New Zealand base in Antarctica was put to the New Zealand Logistic area (m2) 250
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Government in 1953. The building of the base began in 1956 Number of beds 86
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 19.1 to support the Trans-Antarctic Expedition and International Showers Yes
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 177.8 Geophysical Year of 1957-1958. Aircraft and ship operations Laundry facilities Yes
Dominant wind direction NE and infrastructure are supported by the United States Antarctic Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Location Sea Ice Break Up January Program (USAP) through the joint logistic pool arrangements.
Power supply (V)
Renewable
240
Pram Point, Ross Island Antarctica. Scott Base has been New Snow free period None
Zealand’s permanent base in Antarctica since 1957. The Base Total annual precipitation (mm) General research and databases Power supply (hours per day)
Hydroponics facilities
24
Yes
provides services and accommodation for the many scientific Precipitation type The science supported by Antarctica New Zealand fits within Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 27
research parties and groups who visit Antarctica during the Mean annual temperature (°C) -19.8 three research themes outlined in the Antarctic and Southern Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 51
summer. The Base is located 3932 km (2114 nautical miles) Mean temperature in February (°C) -11.3
Ocean Science Strategy. Scientific research from a wide Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 11
from Christchurch, New Zealand and 1500 km from the South variety of disciplines is supported within these themes and it is Number of scientists on station 0
Mean temperature in July (°C) -29
Pole. The Antarctic mainland is 70 km across McMurdo Sound recognised that much of the research is applicable to more than (off peak/winter season)
ENVIRONMENT
from Scott Base. one of these themes. See more at: www.antarcticanz.govt.nz/ Max number of personnel at a time 86
Region Continental Antarctica science/. (staff, scientists and others)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: S – McMurdo – South Victoria Land Specific device/Scientific equipment: MF Radar,Ionosonde,
Biodiversity and natural geologic DobsonOzone Spectrophotometer,ThermoElectric Instrument(TEI),Jobin
environment Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 9 South Victoria Land
Features in the facility area Yvonspectrometer(JY), AntarcticDiode ArraySpectrometer(ADAS),
Coast, Hill, Ice shelf, Low artificial light pollution, Low humidity, AntarcticDiode ArraySpectrometerII (ADASII), Bruker
The topography of Pram Point and the southern tip of Hut Altitude of facility (m) 10 FourierTransformInterferometer, Chlorine Monoxide Microwave Radiometer
Type of surface facility built on Scoria permafrost Melt streams, Mountain, Other Biological, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, (CLOE), Air sampler, Geomagnetic instruments, Worldwide Lightning
Point Peninsula slopes gently southwards to where the land
Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Sustrugi. Location Network (WWLN), Antarctic-Arctic Radiation Belt (Dynamic)
meets the sea or sea ice. The soils are derived from basaltic Long term monitoring Yes
Deposition VLF Atmospheric Research Konsortium (AARDDVARK)
lava, and consist of loosely compacted stony gravelly sand. Waste management Yes
Permafrost generally occurs at a depth of approximately 300 Hazard(ous) management Yes
Main science disciplines Scientific services possible: Scientific services are supporting research
related to long-term monitoring/observations
mm. The ice free terrestrial environment of the southern tip Fuel spill response capability Yes Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Long-term monitoring/observations: Includes Ross Sea penguin
of Hut Point Peninsula has been modified significantly since Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Fishery, census, atmospheric measurements including ozone concentration,
1956 as a result of activities associated with the operation Geocryology, Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, climate data and geophysical measurements. See more at: www.
antarcticanz.govt.nz/science/our-science/science-in-progress/
of both Scott Base and McMurdo Station. Despite significant GIS, Glaciology, Limnology, Mapping, Marine biology,
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
ground disturbance over sixty years of operations at Scott Oceanography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology, Paleolimnology,
Area of medical facility (m2) 10
Base, a recent environmental assessment of Pram Point found Sedimentology, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 6
the area to support diverse biological communities including Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
mosses, lichens, algae and soil invertebrates. Their distribution Capability: Basic
is sparse but widespread, and predominantly found in areas with Equipment: Limited to basic first aid equipment and care facilities as
low disturbance and higher water availability. South polar skua the USAP support higher medical care for Antarctica New Zealand
(Catharacta maccormicki) and Weddell seals (Leptonychotes personnel if required

Photo: C. Cary, Antarctica New Zealand Pictorial Collection


weddellii) are regular visitors to Scott Base with Weddell Distance to hospital (km) 3
seals occurring in significant numbers (~ 100-200 animals) Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 3
during mid-summer on the sea ice in front of Scott Base. Closest emergency facility external (km) 4000
Adélie penguins (Pygoscelis adeliae) and Emperor penguin Medical research capabilities
(Aptenodytes forsteri) are occasionally seen in the vicinity of Medical screening requirements Yes
Scott Base. Minke whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata), Killer VEHICLES AT FACILITY
whales (Orcinus orca) and Leopard seals (Hydruga leptonyx) Sea transportation:
have also been sighted in McMurdo Sound and occasionally Land transportation: Bulldozers, All-Terrain Tracked vehicle, snow
come close to shore in front of Scott Base when the sea ice has groomers, snowmobile, ATVs, wheeled loaders, telehandler, 4WDs,
trucks
broken out.
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mechanical, Light Engineering and Carpentry workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Photo: A. Powell, Antarctica New Zealand Pictorial Collection

Access Air, Ship


Transport to facility: 4WD
Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year
Period of ship visits per year:
Ship landing facilities:

92 92 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarcticanz.govt.nz 93


NORWAY

Troll
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: Anaesthesia, Blood transfusion medicine, Diagnostic
TROLL

TROLL
Area under roof (m2) 1500 ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray, Laboratory diagnostics, Telemedicine
Norwegian Polar Institute Area scientific laboratories (m2) Distance to hospital (km) 4400
Type of scientific laboratories: None Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 4400
Conference room (capacity) 20 Closest emergency facility external (km) 4400
72°00'43.0’’S 2°31’59.1’’E CLIMATE
Logistic area (m2) 1000 Medical research capabilities No
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Medical screening requirements Yes
Number of beds 60
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 4 Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 202 Power supply type Fossil fuel, Land transportation: Tracked vehicles, skidoos, tractors, 4WD, quad
Dominant wind direction E Renewable bikes, electrical vehicles
Location Sea Ice Break Up Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Troll is around 235 km from the coast, at Jutulsessen, in Snow free period None
COMMUNICATIONS
Dronning Maud Land. Total annual precipitation (mm) Hydroponics facilities No
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Precipitation type Snow Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 35
Telephone, VHF
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -18 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 10 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 6 Access Air, Land
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -10.9
Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship, Skidoo
Mean temperature in July (°C) -24.8
Bird colonies in the area. (off peak/winter season)
Number of airstrips 1
ENVIRONMENT 1
Region Continental Antarctica Max number of personnel at a time 70 Length (m) of longest runway 3000
History and facilities Antarctic Environmental Domain: N – East Antarctic inland ice sheet
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway 60
Troll station opened on February 1990 for summer-only Specific device/Scientific equipment: As requested Number of flight visits per year 7
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land Scientific services possible: As requested
operation. Opened for year-round operation on February 2005. Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
Altitude of facility (m) 1275 Long-term monitoring/observations: Weather station, climate data, December
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground clear air facility with sampling Helipad Yes
General research and databases Long term monitoring Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year 1
Year round clean air facility, geology, geodesy, glaciology and Waste management Yes Area of medical facility (m2) 15 Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
biology. Satellite ground station. Hazard(ous) management Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2 Ship landing facilities: Ice pier
Fuel spill response capability Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Features in the facility area Capability: Dental, Surgery
Bird colonies, Blue ice, Clear air zone, Crevasse, High elevation,
Ice cap or glacier, Low humidity, Moraine, Mountain, Nunatak,
Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock.

Main science disciplines


Climate change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences,
Geodesy, Geology, Glaciology.

Photo: Sven Lidstrom


Photo: Sven Lidstrom

Photo: Sven Lidstrom


Photo: Norwegian Polar Institute

94 94 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.npolar.no/en/ 95


PERU
Machu Picchu FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic
MACHU PICCHU

MACHU PICCHU
Area under roof (m2) 872 Equipment: First Aid
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 73.50 Distance to hospital (km)

Division of Antarctic Affairs Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology


Conference room (capacity)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) Medical research capabilities No
62°05’49.6’’S 58°28’23.4’’W CLIMATE Number of beds
Showers
30
Yes
Medical screening requirements Yes
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: Zodiac
Type: Station Permafrost None
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation: ATV
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 25
Power supply (V) 220
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 133
Power supply (hours per day) 24
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mechanical, Wood workshop
Dominant wind direction SW
October–March Sea Ice Break Up
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 15 Internet, Satellite phone, VHF
Location Snow free period January Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 15 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Air, Sea
Crepin Point, Mackellar Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island,
South Shetland Islands. Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Ship, Zodiac.
Mean annual temperature (°C) 2.1 (off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Max number of personnel at a time 30 Length (m) of longest runway
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.75
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
Mean temperature in July (°C)
environment ENVIRONMENT
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Number of flight visits per year 0
Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: None
Flora: Crustose lichens and mosses which grow directly on Region Antarctic Peninsula
rock predominate. Birds: Brown skua and South polar skua Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad Yes
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
(Stercorarius antarcticus, Stercorarius maccormicki and MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year 2
island geologic
Catharacta chilensis), Antarctic tern (Sterna vittata). Mammals: Area of medical facility (m2) 10 Period of ship visits per year: January, February
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Elephant seals (Mirounga leonina), Fur seals (Arctocephalus Peninsula Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1 Ship landing facilities: None
gazella) and Crabeater seal (Lobodon carcinophagus). Altitude of facility (m) 3.5 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Marine ecology: Variety of benthic species, including diatoms, Type of surface facility built on
foraminiferans, macroalgae, invertebrates and demersal fish. Long term monitoring Yes
Waste management Yes
History and facilities Hazard(ous) management No data
The station consists of eight metallic modules including two Fuel spill response capability Yes
dormitories, one kitchen and canteen, a generator room, a
scientific laboratory, a waste treatment building, an emergency

Photos: Peruvian Division of Antarctic Affairs


room and one maintenance room.

General research and databases


Research: Krill ecology, marine biodiversity, biotechnology,
biological oceanography, geology, upper atmosphere, glaciology,
hydrology, meteorology.

Features in the facility area


Bird colonies, Glacier, Moraine.

Main science disciplines


Climate change, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental
sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Glaciology, Hydrology, Marine
biology, Microbiology, Oceanography, Paleoecology, Pollution,
Sedimentology, Terrestrial biology.

96 96 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.rree.gob.pe/politicaexterior/Paginas/Asuntos_Antárticos.aspx 97


Photo: Latusek
POLAND
History and facilities FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
HENRYK ARCTOWSKI

HENRYK ARCTOWSKI
Area under roof (m2) 1800
The Henryk Arctowski Polish Antarctic station is a year-round, Area scientific laboratories (m2) 200
medium-sized station, which was established in 1977 as a base Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geophysics
for scientific research and associated logistic operations of Conference room (capacity)
the Polish National Antarctic Program. Until 2012, the station Logistic area (m2) 1000
was operated by the Department of Antarctic Biology Polish Number of beds 40
Academy of Sciences (PAS), which provided logistical and Showers Yes
technical support for the station and was responsible for the Laundry facilities Yes
scientific management of the station. In 2012, both the station Power supply type Fossil fuel,
and the Department of Antarctic Biology PAS were incorporated Renewable
into the Institute of Biochemistry and Biophysics PAS, one of Power supply (V) 220
the leading Polish scientific institutions. Most of the buildings Power supply (hours per day) 24
were built in 1977. In 1998, parts of the main building and the Hydroponics facilities No
biological laboratory were reconstructed. In 2007, two laboratory Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 14

Henryk Arctowski
buildings were merged, reducing energy expenditure for heating Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 26
and shortening utility lines. For additional information please visit Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 8
www.arctowski.aq. Number of scientists on station 8
Institute of Biochemistry and Biophysics Polish Academy of Sciences General research and databases
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 40
(staff, scientists and others)
The scope of scientific research conducted at the Henryk
62°09’35.2’’S 58°28’23.9’’W CLIMATE Arctowski station includes microbiology, biology, ecology, Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica climatology and Earth sciences. Long-term monitoring programs
Type: Station Permafrost None exist for ecology, meteorology and glaciology. New methods Long-term monitoring/observations:
using fixed-wing Unmanned Aerial Vehicles to collect geospatial MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 24
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 223 environmental data are being developed. Microbial collection Area of medical facility (m2) 10
of more than five-hundred strains of Antarctic microorganisms Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Dominant wind direction SW
Location Sea Ice Break Up
collected in the vicinity of the station are maintained in the Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Institute of Biochemistry and Biophysics PAS for research on Capability: Basic
The Henryk Arctowski Polish Antarctic station is located on the Snow free period January, February,
Equipment:
bioremediation and cold-adaptation. Research on non-native
western shore of Admiralty Bay on King George Island (South December
species and the pathways of their dissemination on King George Distance to hospital (km) 1500
Shetland Islands, Antarctic Peninsula) in an ice-free oasis of Total annual precipitation (mm) 505.7
Island is conducted. Year-long programs to monitor breeding Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 40
more than 4.2 km2. The area is restricted by Ezcurra Inlet and Precipitation type Snow and Rain and non-breeding bird and pinniped species in the vicinity of the Closest emergency facility external (km)
the central part of the Admiralty Bay in the north and east, Mean annual temperature (°C) -1.6 station and in ASPA 128 has been conducted over the past forty Medical research capabilities No
and by glaciers of Warszawa Icefield System in the west and Mean temperature in February (°C) 2.3 years. International collaboration forms a key part of the Polish Medical screening requirements Yes
south. Admiralty Bay opens widely into the Bransfield Strait. The Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.6 Antarctic Program. VEHICLES AT FACILITY
surrounding areas differ in height, exceeding 600 m a.s.l. in the
ENVIRONMENT Sea transportation:
northern and north-western part. It is situated within Antarctic
Specially Managed Area (ASMA) 1 Admiralty Bay. ASPA 128
Region Antarctic Peninsula Features in the facility area Land transportation:
Western Shore of Admiralty Bay is located approximately 700 m Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Bird colonies, Coast, Fjord, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice tongue, WORKSHOP FACILITIES
island geologic Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
to the east of the station. The Polish National Antarctic Program Melt streams, Moraine, Nunatak, Other Biological, Rock, Sea,
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic COMMUNICATIONS
also operates two refugees: at Paradise Cove (within ASPA 128) Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Tundra.
Peninsula Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
and at Cape Lion’s Rump (50 m outside the border of ASPA Telephone, VHF
151). The other year-round scientific station, Comandante Ferraz
Altitude of facility (m)
Type of surface facility built on
2
Ice-free ground
Main science disciplines TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Antarctic station (Brazil), is approximately 10 km away, on the Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Access Air, Sea
Long term monitoring Yes
eastern shore of Admiralty Bay. Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Hydrology, Mapping, Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Waste management Yes
Marine biology, Microbiology, Oceanography, Terrestrial biology. Number of airstrips 0
Biodiversity and natural Hazard(ous) management Yes
Length (m) of longest runway
Fuel spill response capability Yes
environment Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
King George Island is situated in Maritime Antarctic, with
Period of flight visits per year:
prevailing western atmospheric circulation, from which the station
Helipad Yes
is sheltered by the dome of the Arctowski Glacier (more than 650
Number of ship visits per year
m). The non-glaciated oasis of Point Thomas, where the station
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
is located, forms a specific, milder topoclimate. Flora of the area
December
is represented by more than three hundred species of lichens, Ship landing facilities: None
around sixty species of mosses and numerous algae, as well as
two species of native vascular plants (Deschampsia antarctica
and Colobanthus quitensis). Twenty-four species of birds and
six species of pinnipeds have been registered, but only fourteen
species of birds and three species of pinnipeds breed here.
The Admiralty Bay shelf benthic community is characterized by
high species richness and high assemblage diversity. An unique
Photo: Damaszke

site, Napier Rock, situated at the entrance of the Admiralty Bay,


supports especially rich and highly diverse benthic invertebrate
fauna. Fish are represented by fifteen species of Nototheniidae.

98 98 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.pkpolar.pl 99


REPUBLIC OF BELARUS
Mountain Evening/ General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE

MOUNTAIN EVENING/ VECHERNYAYA


Area under roof (m2) 108
MOUNTAIN EVENING/ VECHERNYAYA

Scientific activity within the period 2007–2015 was conducted


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 21

Vechernyaya
within six themes: complex ground-based and satellite
monitoring of tropospheric aerosol, clouds and underlying Type of scientific laboratories: Biology
surface, research of the state of ozonosphere and ultraviolet Conference room (capacity) 10
radiation, hydrometeorological and climatic research, Logistic area (m2) 15000
development of radio engineering facilities for monitoring of the Number of beds 7
Belarus National Academy of Sciences snow-ice cover, geophysical research, biodiversity of nearshore Showers Yes
ecosystems and anthropogenic influence on the environment, Laundry facilities Yes
influence of extreme production and natural factors on humans. Power supply type Fossil fuel,
67°39’35’’S 46°09’18’’E CLIMATE
Since 2016, the realization of the regular five-year stage of the Renewable
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Power supply (V) 60
national program for polar research “Monitoring of Earth’s polar
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous areas, creation of Belarusian Antarctic station and ensuring the Power supply (hours per day)
Hydroponics facilities
24
Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) activity of polar expeditions for 2016–2020 and for the period till
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 194 2025” began. To realize the goals of the scientific programmes Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 7
Dominant wind direction SE a range of activity will be supported, these include: complex Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 4
December–March Sea Ice Break Up January–March ground-based and satellite monitoring of the atmosphere Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
and underlying surface, development of the optical model of Number of scientists on station
Location Snow free period November–April
atmospheric aerosol of the underlying surface of Enderby Land (off peak/winter season)
Total annual precipitation (mm) Max number of personnel at a time 12
East Antarctic, Enderby Land, Tala hills, Mountain Evening/ and adjacent territories, research on the influence of small
Vechernyaya. Precipitation type Snow (staff, scientists and others)
gas components of atmosphere on seasonal variations of UV Specific device/Scientific equipment: Multi-wave length scanning
Mean annual temperature (°C)
irradiation in the ground layer and water ecosystems of Enderby polarization sun/sky radiometer CE-318N, Spectral albedometer
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -9.2
Land and adjacent territories, geophysical and geological AS-A, Multi-wave length polarization Raman LIDAR, Filter ozonometer
Mean temperature in July (°C) M124-M designed to measure TOA in the atmosphere employing
environment ENVIRONMENT
research, complex research of biological resources and
“direct sun” (DS) and “zenith” (Z)
ecological monitoring of biotical components of Enderby Land of
Mountain Evening/Vechernyaya station is built on ice-free Region Continental Antarctica offshore zones, research of environmental change and climate
Scientific services possible: Columnar optical parameters of
ground, Enderby Land, at 95m above sea level. atmospheric aerosol. Data are presented in AERONET database.
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic of Enderby Land and adjacent territories under the influence Spectra of diffuse reflection coefficient (albedo). Profiles of the optical
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 5 Enderby Land of natural and anthropogenic factors, and scientific support of and microstructure parameters of aerosol and cloud particles.
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 95 performance of obligations of the Republic of Belarus within the Long-term monitoring/observations: Start of observations: radiometer,
Within the thirty-seven year period from 1955 to 1992, one Environmental Protocol. since December, 2008; albedometer, since December 2011;
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
hundred and two Belarusian specialists took part in Antarctic LIDAR, since December, 2012. Filter ozonometer M124-M from
Long term monitoring Yes 2006/2007. Multi-functional UV Spectroradiometer PION-UV-II from
research as part of the Soviet Antarctic expeditions. Later, Waste management Yes Features in the facility area 2007/2008. Autonomous remote system PION-FN from 2015/2016.
for the ten year period from 2006 to 2016 with logistics Hazard(ous) management Yes Biological features, Bird colonies, Bluff, Clear air zone, Coast, Semiconductor gas sensor. PION-SO 2007/2008, 2015/2016. Image
assistance of the Russian Federation, eight Belarusian Antarctic Crevasse, Fauna, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice tongue, Lake, spectrograph MARS-B 2013/2014.
Fuel spill response capability Yes
Expeditions (BAE) were organized. More than thirty Belarusian Low humidity, Melt streams, Moraine, Mountain, Permanent MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
specialists conducted scientific research in the Antarctic within snowpatches, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Snow. Area of medical facility (m2) 18
the BAE, in particular, at the field base of the Russian Antarctic Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Expedition (RAE) “Evening Mountain” (Eastern Antarctic,
Enderby Land, Tala Hills) and, between 2007 and 2015, Main science disciplines Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Capability: Basic, Surgery
performed significant technical work in support of BAE activity. Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climatology, Ecology,
Equipment: Anaesthesia, Diagnostic X-ray, Microbiology
From December 2015 through January 2016, the first portion of Environmental sciences, Geology, Geophysics, GIS, Isotopic
Distance to hospital (km)
the national research station, a three-section module for control, chemistry, Limnology, Marine biology, Microbiology, Ozone study,
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 1400
communication and navigation, was assembled in Antarctica. Paleolimnology, Pollution, Sedimentology, Soil science, Terrestrial
Closest emergency facility external (km) 8000
biology.
Medical research capabilities No
Medical screening requirements Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation:
Land transportation: Three snowmobiles, one snow truck, one truck
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Metal workshop, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: 4WD, Airplane, Helicopter, Ship, Skidoo, Truck
Number of airstrips
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 4
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, November, December
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 2
Photo: Haidashou

Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April,


November, December
Ship landing facilities: None

100 100 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.hasb.gov.by 101


Photo: Torbic
REPUBLIC OF KOREA

Jang Bogo Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


Area under roof (m2) 4661
JANG BOGO

JANG BOGO
Rock.
Korean Polar Research Institute Area scientific laboratories (m2) 963
Main science disciplines Type of scientific laboratories: Autosonde, Geophysics, Neutron
monitor, Scientific diving, Upper Atmosphere study
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Environmental sciences, Conference room (capacity) 15
Geology, Glaciology, Oceanography, Physic and astronomy - Logistic area (m2) 3698
74°37’38’’S 164°14’16’’E CLIMATE other. Number of beds 62
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Showers Yes
Type: Station Permafrost None
Laundry facilities Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 15.12 Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 144.36 Renewable
Dominant wind direction NW Power supply (V) 220
Location Sea Ice Break Up January Power supply (hours per day) 24
Terra Nova Bay, Northen Victoria Land, Antarctica. Snow free period None Hydroponics facilities Yes
Total annual precipitation (mm) Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 22
Biodiversity and natural Precipitation type Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 40
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 17
environment Mean annual temperature (°C) -15.1
Number of scientists on station 6
Mean temperature in February (°C) -5.4
There are not many creatures that inhabit the area around (off peak/winter season)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -24.9 Max number of personnel at a time 62
Jang Bogo station. About twenty-one species of lichens and
ENVIRONMENT (staff, scientists and others)
four mosses including Umblicaria spp., Usnea antarctica, and
Region Continental Antarctica Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Syntrichia magellanica were found. Colonies of Weddell seal are
Antarctic Environmental Domain: U – North Victoria Land geologic Scientific services possible:
usually found resting on a crevasse of Campbell Glacier Tongue
as well as on the fast ice near the east of the station. During Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 8 North Victoria Land Long-term monitoring/observations:
the austral summer, dozens of Crabeater seal and Weddell Altitude of facility (m) 36.6 MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
seal are encountered at the beach. A breeding place of South Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Area of medical facility (m2) 71
Polar skuas is located in the southeastern hill of the station, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Long term monitoring Yes
and Adélie penguins are spotted in shores and on the ice field Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Waste management Yes
individually or in small groups of up to five. Capability: Basic
Hazard(ous) management Yes
Equipment: Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray, Hyperbaric
Fuel spill response capability Yes
History and facilities Recompression Chamber, Telemedicine, Automatic External
Defibrillator (AED), UV Dry Heat Oven, Neuromed, Cardiac Defibrillator
Jang Bogo station was inaugurated on 12 February, 2014 at Distance to hospital (km) 3500
Terra Nova Bay. This station is operated by the Korea Polar Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 350
Research Institute (KOPRI) with the support from the Ministry of Closest emergency facility external (km)
Oceans and Fisheries of the Republic of Korea. Medical research capabilities No
Medical screening requirements Yes
General research and databases VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Research on climate change over the Pacific Ocean side of Sea transportation: Zodiac, barge
Antarctica, Jang Bogo research station is expected to provide Land transportation: Utility Task Vehicle, tractor, snow groomer, skidoo
an ideal platform for the research on climate change over the WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Pacific Ocean side of Antarctica. Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 6

Photos: Korean Polar Research Institute


Period of flight visits per year: October, November
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 3
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Ship landing facilities: Ice pier

102 102 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.kopri.re.kr 103


REPUBLIC OF KOREA

King Sejong Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE


KING SEJONG

KING SEJONG
Area under roof (m2) 4318
Rock.
Korean Polar Research Institute Area scientific laboratories (m2) 741
Main science disciplines Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Geology, Geophysics, Scientific
diving, Upper atmosphere study
Geology, Marine biology, Terrestrial biology. Conference room (capacity) 30
62°13’39.4’’S 58°47’19.0’’W CLIMATE Logistic area (m2) 2348
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Number of beds 68
Type: Station Permafrost None Showers Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 28.8 Laundry facilities Yes
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 186.84 Power supply type Fossil fuel
Dominant wind direction NE Power supply (V) 220
Location Sea Ice Break Up Power supply (hours per day) 24
King Sejong station is located in Barton Peninsula, King George Snow free period Hydroponics facilities Yes
Island. Total annual precipitation (mm) 536.8 Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 20
Precipitation type Snow Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 48
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -1.8
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 17
Number of scientists on station 5
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.8
(off peak/winter season)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -7 Max number of personnel at a time 68
The climate of Barton Peninsula is humid and relatively mild
ENVIRONMENT (staff, scientists and others)
because of a strong maritime effect. Most of the ice-free areas
Region Antarctic Peninsula Specific device/Scientific equipment:
of the Peninsula are covered by relatively rich vegetation,
Antarctic Environmental Domain: B – Antarctic Peninsula mid-northern Scientific services possible:
dominated by cryptogamic species with two Antarctic flowering
latitudes geologic Long-term monitoring/observations:
plants. Narȩbski Point (ASPA 171) is located 2 km to the
southeast of the station. Over three thousand pairs of Chinstrap Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Peninsula Area of medical facility (m2) 70
penguins – the largest number in King George Island – and over
Altitude of facility (m) 10 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
two thousand three hundred pairs of Gentoo penguins inhabit
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
in the area. There are also sixteen other bird species including
eight breeding birds such as Brown skua, South polar skua, Kelp Long term monitoring Yes Capability: Basic
gull, Antarctic tern, Wilson’s storm petrel, Black-bellied storm Waste management Yes Equipment: Diagnostic X-ray, Hyperbaric Recompression Chamber,
petrel, Snowy sheathbill, and the Southern giant petrel. Hazard(ous) management Yes Telemedicine, Automatic External Defibrillator (AED), UV Dry Heat
Oven, Neuromed, Cardiac Defibrillator
Fuel spill response capability Yes
Distance to hospital (km) 1230
History and facilities Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 10
King Sejong station was inaugurated on 17 February, 1988. Closest emergency facility external (km)
This station is operated by the Korea Polar Research Institute Medical research capabilities No
(KOPRI) with the support from the Ministry of Oceans and Medical screening requirements Yes
Fisheries of the Republic of Korea. VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation: Zodiac, barge
General research and databases Land transportation: Tractor, tracked all purposes machine, skidoo
The over-winter party comprising seventeen scientists and WORKSHOP FACILITIES
engineers who stay at the King Sejong Station all year round, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
routinely collects geophysical and meteorological records and COMMUNICATIONS
E-mail, Satellite phone, VHF
observes biological and oceanographical parameters.
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 0

Photos: Korean Polar Research Institute


Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 6
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 2
Period of ship visits per year: November, December
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
Photo: Byung Gil Lee

104 104 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.kopri.re.kr 105


RUSSIA
History and facilities FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE

BELLINGSHAUSEN
BELLINGSHAUSEN

The Bellinsgausen station was opened on February 22, 1968 Area under roof (m2) 1500
as a base for field route investigations at the King George Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Island. In the 1980s, the scientific expedition group was working Type of scientific laboratories: Aerology, Biology
at the station, the duties of which included providing ships with Conference room (capacity)
the weather forecasts and with the ice situation information for Logistic area (m2)
the south-western part of the Atlantic and for the south-eastern Number of beds 40
part of the Pacific. Showers No
Laundry facilities Yes
General research and databases Power supply type Fossil fuel
At the Bellingshausen station hydrometeorology, Power supply (V) 220
aerometeorology, oceanology, glaciology, geophysics Power supply (hours per day)
observations and biology, glaciology and environment surveys Hydroponics facilities No
are carried out. Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 40

Bellingshausen
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Features in the facility area Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 20
Number of scientists on station
Bird colonies, Coast, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Moraine, Other
(off peak/winter season)
Biological, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Snow.
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition Max number of personnel at a time 40
(staff, scientists and others)
Main science disciplines Specific device/Scientific equipment:
62° 12’00’’S 58°58’00’’W CLIMATE Ecology, Fishery, Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Hydrology, Limnology, Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Long-term monitoring/observations:
Oceanography, Soil science, Terrestrial biology.
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 25.56 Area of medical facility (m2) 70
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 100.8 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Dominant wind direction SE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Location Sea Ice Break Up September, October, Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Bellingshausen station is located at the center of the Fildes November, December Equipment: Anaesthesia, Telemedicine
Peninsula (southwestern tip of King George Island in the group Snow free period Distance to hospital (km)
of South Shetland Islands). Total annual precipitation (mm) 729 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Precipitation type Snow and Rain, Drizzling rain Closest emergency facility external (km)

Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.8


Medical research capabilities
Medical screening requirements
environment Mean temperature in February (°C)
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Mean temperature in July (°C) Sea transportation:
The Fildes Peninsula presents the largest ice-free area of King
ENVIRONMENT Land transportation:
George Island. The coastline is jagged by numerous bays and
Region Antarctic Peninsula WORKSHOP FACILITIES
capes. The northwest shore of the Fildes Peninsula is washed by
waters of the Drake Passage. From the south, the peninsula is Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Mechanical
island geologic COMMUNICATIONS
separated by a narrow Fildes Strait from Nelson (Leipzig) Island.
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
The relief of the peninsula presents a typical low hillocky area Peninsula Telephone, VHF
with the absolute heights of up to 150m. Permafrost is spread Altitude of facility (m) 16 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
everywhere. The hydrographic network is very poorly developed Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Access Air, Land, Sea
in general. The low places are filled with melt water forming
Long term monitoring Yes Transport to facility: 4WD, Helicopter, Ship, Walking
dozens of shallow small lakes and pools with a depth of up to
Waste management Yes Number of airstrips 0
2m and several quite deep (up to 16m) lakes that are confined
Hazard(ous) management Yes Length (m) of longest runway
to the bottom depressions of through valleys. There are around
Fuel spill response capability Yes Width (m) of longest runway
sixty lakes on the peninsula. Climate of the Fildes Peninsula
Number of flight visits per year 0
is of marine type with small seasonal temperature variations.
The synoptic processes are distinguished by intense cyclonic Period of flight visits per year:
activity. The continuous soil-vegetation cover is absent. Lichens Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year 1

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


are represented by more than hundred species. Moss grows in
moistened habitats, the patches of moss covering sometimes Period of ship visits per year: March, April
tens and hundreds of square meters. Unlike the mainland Ship landing facilities: None
Antarctica, two species of flowering plants are observed here.
The lakes are relatively rich in phyto and zooplankton. Birds
comprise the basis of the fauna of vertebrates. Five species of
Pinnipeds were observed on the peninsula.

106 106 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 107


RUSSIA

Druzhnaya IV
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
DRUZHNAYA IV

DRUZHNAYA IV
Area under roof (m2)
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0
Type of scientific laboratories: None
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2)
69°44’00’’S 73°43’00’’E Number of beds
Showers
50
No
Laundry facilities No
Type: Station Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 220
Operational period: Power supply (hours per day)
October–March Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 50
CLIMATE Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Permafrost Continuous Number of scientists on station
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) (off peak/winter season)
Max wind speed (km/h) Max number of personnel at a time 50
(staff, scientists and others)
Dominant wind direction
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Sea Ice Break Up Scientific services possible:
Snow free period Long-term monitoring/observations:
Total annual precipitation (mm) Location MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Precipitation type Druzhnaya IV base is located at Landing Bluff in Sandefjord Area of medical facility (m2) 0
Mean annual temperature (°C) Cove of Prydz Bay, 2 km from the barrier whose height is about Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Mean temperature in February (°C) 6 m and the sea depth reaches 100 m. Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Mean temperature in July (°C) Capability: None
ENVIRONMENT Biodiversity and natural Equipment: None
Region Continental Antarctica environment Distance to hospital (km)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic The climate conditions are favorable for development of
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Closest emergency facility external (km)
seasonal geological-geophysical studies in the area. On the
Medical research capabilities
Altitude of facility (m) 20 islands and in the coastal ice-free territories in the Druzhnaya IV
Medical screening requirements
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground base area, one encounters small (up to one hundred individuals)
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Long term monitoring Yes groups of Adélie penguins.
Sea transportation:
Waste management Yes
Land transportation:
Hazard(ous) management Yes History and facilities WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Fuel spill response capability Yes The Druzhnaya IV base was opened in January 1987 as a None
regional field center that organizes field geological studies COMMUNICATIONS
in the International Geophysical Year (IGY) Valley. The base Satellite phone, VHF
infrastructure consists of temporary panel huts. The power of TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
the diesel electric station (DES) is 78 kW and the oil storage Access Air, Sea
tank capacity is 120 t. Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 0
General research and databases Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
The base is a logistics center of seasonal geological-geophysical
Number of flight visits per year 0
studies in the East Antarctica region including McRobertson and
Period of flight visits per year: None
Princess Elisabeth Lands with the Prince Charles Mountains
Helipad No
and mountain oases of the Ingrid Christensen Coast. Automated
Number of ship visits per year 2
meteorological and geodetic stations are operated at Druzhnaya
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
IV base.
Ship landing facilities: None
Features in the facility area
Bluff, Coast, Fjord, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Lake,
Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition

Mountain, Nunatak, Rock, Snow.

Main science disciplines


Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Geophysics.

108 108 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 109


RUSSIA
Leningradskaya General research and databases Main science disciplines
LENINGRADSKAYA

LENINGRADSKAYA
Automated meteorological and geodetic stations are operated Environmental sciences, Geodesy.
at Russkaya base.
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition
Features in the facility area
Coast, Mountain, Nunatak, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Snow.
69°30’00’’S 159°23’00’’E CLIMATE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Area under roof (m2) 800 Equipment: None
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 30.24
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0 Distance to hospital (km)
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 133.2
Type of scientific laboratories: None Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Dominant wind direction SE
October–March Sea Ice Break Up None
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) Medical research capabilities
Location Snow free period Number of beds 10 Medical screening requirements
Total annual precipitation (mm) 59.6 Showers No VEHICLES AT FACILITY
The Leningradskaya base is located in the ice-free area at the
nunatak top at Oates Coast, Victoria Land. Precipitation type Snow Laundry facilities No Sea transportation:
Mean annual temperature (°C) -14.2 Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) Power supply (V)
Power supply (hours per day)
220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mean temperature in July (°C) Mechanical
environment ENVIRONMENT Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
The nunatak presents a rocky feature. Its ridge is comprised of Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 10 Satellite phone
Region Continental Antarctica
alternating leucocratic granites and grey biotite gneiss extending Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Antarctic Environmental Domain: U – North Victoria Land geologic
from east to west over 1 km at a width of 100-150 m. Snow Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Sea
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 8 North Victoria Land Transport to facility: Air, Ship
covers two-thirds of the nunatak area. The base is located in Number of scientists on station
Altitude of facility (m) 300
the western nunatak area at a distance of 600 m from its top (off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Max number of personnel at a time 10 Length (m) of longest runway
(330 m). The nunatak height comprises 100-230 m relative to
the surrounding glaciers. The ice barrier in this area has a height Long term monitoring Yes (staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
Waste management Yes Specific device/Scientific equipment: Number of flight visits per year 0
of 15-20 m. The base is located in the zone of marine Antarctic
climate with a rapid and sharp change of weather conditions. Hazard(ous) management Yes Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year:
The base is known by its persistent and frequent storms that Fuel spill response capability Yes Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad Yes
occur due to its considerable elevation above sea level. The local MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year 1
flora and fauna are very poor. Area of medical facility (m2) 20 Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0 Ship landing facilities: None
History and facilities Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)

The Leningradskaya base was opened on February 25, 1971.


The base structures consist of several houses with living space,
a radio station, a power station, a meteorological station, an
upper-air sounding complex, a garage and a warehouse. The
living and life conditions are quite peculiar, with the station
territory restricted to only 200-250 m in length and not more
than 50 m in width. The base facilities are currently mothballed.

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition

110 110 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 111


RUSSIA
History and facilities FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 3000
MIRNY

MIRNY
The Mirny Observatory was opened on February 13, 1956. One
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
of the main functions of the station was to provide support for
activities at the Vostok station. The supplies were delivered Type of scientific laboratories: Aerology, Geophysics
to Vostok from Mirny by transport vehicles. A permanent Conference room (capacity)
synoptic group at the station provided prognostic data for Logistic area (m2)
transportation traverses along the Mirny-Vostok-Mirny route, Number of beds 50
cargo operations near the landfast ice and at the approaches Showers No
during the navigation period, as well as for other operations. Laundry facilities Yes
The station infrastructure is represented by three two-storied Power supply type Fossil fuel
module buildings, garage for repair of heavy transport vehicles, Power supply (V) 220
“baseline” station building, workshops and some supporting Power supply (hours per day)
objects. The total number of capital and temporary structures is Hydroponics facilities No
over thirty. Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 50

Mirny
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
General research and databases Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Number of scientists on station
25

At Mirny station hydrometeorology, aero-meteorology, (off peak/winter season)


oceanology and geophysics observations, biological and
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition environmental surveys are carried out.
Max number of personnel at a time
(staff, scientists and others)
50

Specific device/Scientific equipment:


Features in the facility area Scientific services possible:
66°31’00’’S 93°01’00’’E CLIMATE
Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Ice cap or glacier, Moraine, Other
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Sea, Sea ice, Snow.
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Area of medical facility (m2) 65
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 39.6
Main science disciplines
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h)
Climate change, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geophysics,
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Dominant wind direction SE Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Glaciology, Hydrology, Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology,
Location Sea Ice Break Up December, January,
Oceanography, Pollution.
Equipment: Anaesthesia, Telemedicine
February, March Distance to hospital (km)
Mirny station is situated at a small bench known as Mirny
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Peninsula on the Davis Sea shore. Snow free period
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Total annual precipitation (mm) 624
Medical research capabilities
Biodiversity and natural Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Medical screening requirements
environment Mean annual temperature (°C)
Mean temperature in February (°C)
-11.4
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
The station facilities are located at four rock outcrops: Sea transportation:
Mean temperature in July (°C)
Komsomolskaya, Radio, Morennaya and Vetrov Hills elevating Land transportation:
ENVIRONMENT WORKSHOP FACILITIES
above the ice sheet at the very shore. In the territory of the
research settlement between the hills, the ice thickness Region Continental Antarctica Mechanical
comprises 80–100 m. South of the station, it gradually increases Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic COMMUNICATIONS
comprising more than 1.5 km at a distance of 100 km from Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Mirny. The coastal ice sheet band, 50 km in width, is covered Altitude of facility (m) 35
Access Air, Sea
with cracks. The sea in the Mirny area is covered with landfast Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
ice much of the year whose width at the end of winter achieves Long term monitoring Yes
30–40 km. The Mirny observatory is located in the climatic area Number of airstrips 1
Waste management Yes
of the glacial slope foot. Local climate is strongly influenced Length (m) of longest runway
Hazard(ous) management Yes
by the close proximity of the ocean resulting in unstable and Width (m) of longest runway

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


Fuel spill response capability Yes Number of flight visits per year
sharply changing weather as the oceanic cyclones closely
approach the Antarctic coast and often persist near it. The Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, December
hills where Mirny is located and the rocky small islands near Helipad No
the coast are almost devoid of vegetation cover. Only lichen, Number of ship visits per year 1
moss and algae are observed in small numbers. An abundant Period of ship visits per year: January, December
food base and the availability of suitable grounds for nesting Ship landing facilities: None
create favorable conditions for the existence of a large number
of sea birds. Pinnipeds are typical fauna representatives at the
coast. The Weddell seal is most widespread on the coastal ice
breeding here. Single individuals of the sea elephant and the
Ross seal are encountered in the Mirny area. The Crabeater
seal and the Sea leopard keep to the drifting ice. Minke whales
approach frequently the Mirny area. The ASPA127 is at 2.5 km
distance from the Mirny station.

112 112 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 113


RUSSIA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic
MOLODEZHNAYA

MOLODEZHNAYA
Area under roof (m2) 7000 Equipment: None
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0 Distance to hospital (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: None Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) Medical research capabilities
Number of beds 15 Medical screening requirements
Showers No VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) Mechanical
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 15 Satellite phone, VHF
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Air, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship

Molodezhnaya
Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 1
Max number of personnel at a time 15 Length (m) of longest runway 2560
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway 42
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Number of flight visits per year
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, December
Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad No
67°40’00’’S 45°51’00’’E CLIMATE MEDICAL FACILITIES
Area of medical facility (m2)
Yes
20
Number of ship visits per year 2
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Ship landing facilities: None
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 38.16
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Dominant wind direction SE
December–March Sea Ice Break Up History and facilities
Location Snow free period The Molodezhnaya station operating from 1962 (the official
Molodezhnaya station is located in the Molodezhny Oasis (Thala
Total annual precipitation (mm) 270 opening date is January 14, 1963) developed quite intensely
Hills) in the western area of the Enderby Land on the shore of Precipitation type Snow for a long time as the main Soviet Antarctic Expedition base,
Alasheyev Bay (Cosmonauts Sea). Mean annual temperature (°C) -11 center of hydro-meteorological studies and processing of hydro-
Mean temperature in February (°C) meteorological information, including rocket sounding of the
upper atmospheric layers and geophysical and seismic studies.
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C)
It was also the major snow-ice airfield to receive heavy aircraft.
ENVIRONMENT
environment Region Continental Antarctica
For the last few years, most research programs at the station
The Oasis extends over 8.3 km, its largest width comprising 2.7 have been cut back. The settlement numbers more than seventy
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic
km. The largest height reaches 110 m. The relief of lithogenic structures, including living and office buildings, a mess-room,
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 5 Enderby Land upper-air sounding station, aerological building, power station,
geo-complexes of the Oasis are part of a rocky hillocky area, its
Altitude of facility (m) 40 radio-center and warehousing. West of the settlement there is
ridges are elongated close to the northwestern direction. The
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground a runway for aircraft and in 12 km to the east-south-east of the
length of ridges is up to 1 km at a width of up to 150 m, while
the depressions between them are mainly occupied by small Long term monitoring Yes station a snow-ice airfield was constructed for heavy aircraft.
Waste management Yes Today, the station infrastructure remains to a great extent

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


glaciers, snowfields and lakes. South of the Molodezhny Oasis,
there is a gradually elevating ice sheet slope of Antarctica. In Hazard(ous) management Yes unused.
the vicinity of Molodezhny Oasis, more than forty temporary and Fuel spill response capability Yes
permanent lakes were discovered. Their surface area varies General research and databases
between 0.5 to more than 400 ha with depths from several Beginning from 1998, the work to establish a self-contained
centimeters to slightly more than 36 m. Vegetation of periglacial structure (“small” Molodezhnaya) was undertaken at the station
complexes is represented by lichen, algae and mosses; there are in order to be able to dismantle the buildings and clean the
also bacteria and microscopic fungi. At the slopes of the Oasis territory. Automated meteorological and geodetic stations are
and on nearby islands, small colonies of Adélie penguins are operated at Molodezhnaya base.
observed. The Wilson’s storm petrel and South polar skua nest
in insignificant numbers. Antarctic petrels fly in and Emperor Features in the facility area
penguins call occasionally. Of mammals, the Weddell seals and Coast, Hill, Lake, Sea, Sea ice, Snow.
sometimes Ross seals breed in the station area; one observes
sometimes Sea leopards. Near the coast of Alasheyev Bay, one Main science disciplines
can observe whales, including killer whale.
Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Pollution.

114 114 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 115


RUSSIA

Novolazarevskaya
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 1000
NOVOLAZAREVSKAYA

NOVOLAZAREVSKAYA
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Type of scientific laboratories: Aerology, Geophysics, Seismic.
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2)

70°46’00’’S 11°50’00’’E CLIMATE Number of beds


Showers
70
No
Climate zone Inland Antarctica
Laundry facilities Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 36
Power supply (V) 220
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h)
Power supply (hours per day)
Dominant wind direction SE Hydroponics facilities No
Location Sea Ice Break Up None Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 70
Novolazarevskaya station is located at the extreme southeastern Snow free period Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
tip of the Schirmacher Oasis (Queen Maud Land), 80 km from Total annual precipitation (mm) 309 Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 40
the Lazarev Sea coast. Precipitation type Snow Number of scientists on station
Mean annual temperature (°C) -11 (off peak/winter season)
Biodiversity and natural

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


Mean temperature in February (°C) Max number of personnel at a time 70
(staff, scientists and others)
environment Mean temperature in July (°C)
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
ENVIRONMENT
The Oasis presents a zone of bedrock outcropping to the Scientific services possible:
surface at the boundary between the land ice sheet and the Region Continental Antarctica Long-term monitoring/observations:
Lazarev Ice Shelf. It extends in a narrow band up to 3 km wide in Antarctic Environmental Domain: T – Inland continental geologic MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
the direction from west-northwest to east-southeast. Its length Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Area of medical facility (m2) 40
is about 17 km. The relief is hillocky with the absolute marks Altitude of facility (m) 102 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
of up to 228 m. The depressions between the hills deepened Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
by glacial gouging are partly occupied by the lakes whose total Long term monitoring Yes Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
number is about hundred-eighty. By genesis, the lakes of glacial Waste management Yes Equipment: Anaesthesia, Telemedicine
origin dominate. There are many relict lakes-lagoons located at Hazard(ous) management Yes Distance to hospital (km)
the boundary between the Oasis and the ice shelf. The climate Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Fuel spill response capability Yes
of the Oasis, has a dominating continental character with low Closest emergency facility external (km)
temperatures and intensity of solar radiation. The weather forms, Medical research capabilities
depending on the type of winds, determine the character of Medical screening requirements
clouds and air temperature. The Oasis flora is generally lacking.
The terrestrial vegetation is represented by the individual
History and facilities VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation:
rare patches of lichen on a rocky substrate and by moss The station was opened on January 18, 1961. First constructions
Land transportation:
concentrations on silt. A total of twenty-one species of lichen included service space, a living house, a mess-room and a power
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
were observed in the Oasis. Waters of lakes of the oases are station, as well as glaciological, magnetic and actinometrical
Mechanical
populated by diatom algae. Of birds, the Snow petrels, Wilson’s pavilions and auxiliary space. In 1962, 100 km southwest of
COMMUNICATIONS
storm petrel and the South polar skua are not numerous at the main buildings, one more panel house was constructed Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
nesting. The Adélie penguins are sometimes observed. for accommodation of geophysical equipment and the fourth TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
magnetic pavilion near it. The actual station infrastructure Access Air, Sea
is represented by more than twenty capital and temporary Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship
structures. Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway 3045
General research and databases Width (m) of longest runway 61
In scientific respect, the station is a base station in the global Number of flight visits per year
seismological network. Here, glaciological, hydrological, Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, October,
geological and aero-meteorological observations and studies are November, December
carried out. Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 1
Features in the facility area Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Blue ice, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Lake, Mountain, Snow. Ship landing facilities: None

Main science disciplines


Climate change, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology,
Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Hydrology, Limnology,
Medicine, Microbiology, Oceanography, Pollution, Soil science.

116 116 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 117


RUSSIA
Oazis Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
OAZIS

OAZIS
Coast, Hill, Lake, Sea, Sea ice, Snow. Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Microbiology.

Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: None
Area under roof (m2) Distance to hospital (km)
66°16’00’’S 100°44’00’’E CLIMATE Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Type of scientific laboratories: None
0 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Conference room (capacity) Medical research capabilities
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Logistic area (m2) Medical screening requirements
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 6.6
Number of beds 10
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Showers No
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation:
Dominant wind direction E
October–March Sea Ice Break Up
Laundry facilities No Land transportation:
Power supply type Fossil fuel WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Location Snow free period Power supply (V) 220 None
Total annual precipitation (mm) 220 Power supply (hours per day)
Oazis base is located in the Bunger Hills on the Knox Coast in COMMUNICATIONS
Wilkes Land. Precipitation type Hydroponics facilities No Satellite phone
Mean annual temperature (°C) -9.1 Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 10 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) Access Air, Sea
Mean temperature in July (°C) Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
environment ENVIRONMENT Number of scientists on station Number of airstrips 0
The oasis is surrounded by glaciers. On the southeast it is Region Continental Antarctica (off peak/winter season) Length (m) of longest runway
bordered by the Antarctic ice sheet, on the south and west Max number of personnel at a time 10
Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic Width (m) of longest runway
by outlet glaciers, and on the north by Shackleton Ice Shelf, (staff, scientists and others)
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica Specific device/Scientific equipment: Number of flight visits per year 0
which separates the area from the open sea. The topography Period of flight visits per year: None
Altitude of facility (m) 29 Scientific services possible:
is characterized by rugged hills, and there are many freshwater Helipad No
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Long-term monitoring/observations:
and salt lakes. Number of ship visits per year 1
Long term monitoring Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Area of medical facility (m2) 0 Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
History and facilities Waste management Yes
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0 Ship landing facilities: None
Hazard(ous) management Yes
Oazis base was opened in October 1956. It was subsequently Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Fuel spill response capability Yes
handed over by the Soviet Union to Poland in January 1959. The Capability: None
Oazis-2 was opened in 1987. The base infrastructure consists of
five huts.

General research and databases


Automated meteorological station is operated at Oazis base.

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition

118 118 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 119


RUSSIA
Progress FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 1500
PROGRESS

PROGRESS
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry,
Hydrology
Conference room (capacity)

69°23’00’’S 76°23’00’’E CLIMATE Logistic area (m2)


Number of beds 50
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Showers Yes
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Laundry facilities Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 21.6
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 129.6 Power supply (V) 220
Dominant wind direction E Power supply (hours per day)
Location Sea Ice Break Up January, December Hydroponics facilities No
Progress station is located in the Larsemann Hills at the Ingrid Snow free period Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 50
Christensen Coast, Princess Elizabeth Land. The Larsemann Total annual precipitation (mm) 213 Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
Hills are designated as an Antarctic Specially Managed Area Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 25
(ASMA) 6. Mean annual temperature (°C) -8.9 Number of scientists on station
Mean temperature in February (°C) (off peak/winter season)
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C)
Max number of personnel at a time 50
(staff, scientists and others)
environment ENVIRONMENT Specific device/Scientific equipment:
The Oasis Larsemann Hills presents a large group of rocky Region Continental Antarctica Scientific services possible:
promontories in island-like style projecting from the Antarctic Antarctic Environmental Domain: D – East Antarctic coastal geologic Long-term monitoring/observations:
ice sheet. Its surface is strongly dissected with the maximum Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
heights of about 150 m above the ocean level. Along with the Altitude of facility (m) 15 Area of medical facility (m2) 40
slopes whose sloping angles comprise 45°, there are relatively Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
large leveled surfaces in the area. Due to relief features, Long term monitoring Yes Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
insignificant thickness of loose deposits and poor drainage of Waste management Yes Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
permafrost, more than one hundred lakes are observed over a Hazard(ous) management Yes Equipment: Anaesthesia, Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray,
small area. Large streams are absent in the area, short water Endoscopy, Laboratory diagnostics, Telemedicine
Fuel spill response capability Yes

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


flows are observed only during the active melting period. A major Distance to hospital (km)
feature of the climate of the Larsemann Hills is the existence Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
of persistent and strong katabatic winds that blow from the Closest emergency facility external (km)
north-east on most summer days. The terrestrial vegetation is Medical research capabilities
very poor. The local flora is similar to the entire East Antarctica, Medical screening requirements
represented only by a-vascular plants: algae, lichen, microscopic VEHICLES AT FACILITY
fungi and moss. The ornithological fauna of the area is poor in Sea transportation:
respect of the species composition, the population of birds is not Land transportation:
numerous with only five species were recorded in the area. Of WORKSHOP FACILITIES
mammals, the Weddell seal is common on landfast ice. Mechanical
COMMUNICATIONS
History and facilities Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Progress station was opened on March 7, 1988. The station TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
was occupied sporadically, closed during the 1993/94 summer, Access Air, Land, Sea
and reopened in the 1997/98 summer season for operation Transport to facility: 4WD, Airplane, Helicopter, Quad,
as a year-round research facility. The station is suited to Ship, Walking
accommodate up to fifty personnel during summer. General research and databases Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway 1500
Progress is primarily intended as a support base for inland
Width (m) of longest runway 60
geological and glaciological operations. Meteorological,
Number of flight visits per year
hydrological, geomagnetic observations and sea ice monitoring
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, October,
are also undertaken. Automated meteorological and geodetic November, December
stations are operated in the area of Progress station. Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 2
Features in the facility area Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Coast, Crevasse, Fjord, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Other Ship landing facilities: None
Biological, Rock, Sea, Sea ice.

Main science disciplines


Climate change, Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology,
Geomorphology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Hydrology, Limnology,
Marine biology, Medicine, Microbiology, Oceanography, Pollution,
Soil science.

120 120 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 121


RUSSIA
Russkaya Features in the facility area
RUSSKAYA

RUSSKAYA
Coast, Crevasse, Hill, Ice shelf, Ice tongue, Lake, Sea, Sea ice,
Snow.
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition
Main science disciplines
Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology.
74°45’00’’S 136°40’00’’W CLIMATE
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Area under roof (m2) 800
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 46.44 Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 219.6 Type of scientific laboratories: None
Dominant wind direction E
October–March Sea Ice Break Up None
Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2)
Location Snow free period Number of beds 10
Total annual precipitation (mm) 1977.2 Showers No
Russkaya station is located in the Berks Cape, Hobbs Coast,
Precipitation type Snow, Hoarfrost, Glaze ice Laundry facilities No
Marie Byrd Land.
Mean annual temperature (°C) -12.4 Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 220
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C)
Power supply (hours per day)
Mean temperature in July (°C)
environment ENVIRONMENT
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 10
The coast in the station area is the snow-glacial barrier with Region Continental Antarctica
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season)
the height from 2 to 40 m. In the vicinity of the station along Antarctic Environmental Domain: T – Inland continental geologic
the coastline is situated the row of hills with height marks of Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 12 Marie Byrd Land Number of scientists on station
125–145 m. Typical for the station location area, the extremely
Altitude of facility (m) 126 (off peak/winter season)
severe weather conditions are formed by combination of low
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Max number of personnel at a time 10
temperatures with hurricane winds. The local flora and fauna are (staff, scientists and others)
very poor. Long term monitoring Yes
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Waste management Yes
Scientific services possible:
History and facilities Hazard(ous) management Yes
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Fuel spill response capability Yes
Russkaya station was opened on March 9, 1980 in the MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
central part of an immense area of Antarctica, devoid of Area of medical facility (m2) 25
scientific observations, and its purpose was the execution Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0
of investigations only. A complex of hydro meteorological, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
geophysical, astronomical, medical-physiological and others Capability: Basic
observations were carried out at the station. The synoptic Equipment: None
information for vital activity at the station was provided by Distance to hospital (km)
the prognostic group of Molodezhnaya station. Currently, the Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
majority of base facilities are mothballed. Closest emergency facility external (km)
Medical research capabilities
General research and databases Medical screening requirements
Automated meteorological and geodetic stations are operated at VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Russkaya base. Sea transportation:
Land transportation:
WORKSHOP FACILITIES

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


Mechanical
COMMUNICATIONS
Satellite phone
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Sea
Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year 1
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Ship landing facilities: None

122 122 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 123


RUSSIA
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Area under roof (m2) 600 Equipment: Anaesthesia, Telemedicine
VOSTOK

VOSTOK
Area scientific laboratories (m2) Distance to hospital (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: Deep drilling, Geophysics Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) Medical research capabilities
Number of beds 30 Medical screening requirements
Showers No VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) Mechanical
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 30 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, VHF
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT

Vostok
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 15 Access Air, Land
Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Airplane, Sledge tractor traverse
(off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 1
Max number of personnel at a time 30 Length (m) of longest runway 3000
Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute / Russian Antarctic Expedition (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Width (m) of longest runway 80
Number of flight visits per year
Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, October,
78°28’00’’S 106°48’00’’E CLIMATE Long-term monitoring/observations:
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
November, December
Helipad No
Climate zone Inland Antarctica
Area of medical facility (m2) 20 Number of ship visits per year 0
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2 Period of ship visits per year: None
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 19.44
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Ship landing facilities: None
Dominant wind direction W
Location Sea Ice Break Up
Vostok station is located at the plain snow surface of the East Snow free period
Antarctic glacial plateau. Total annual precipitation (mm) 50
Precipitation type Ice needles, diamond
Biodiversity and natural dust.
Mean annual temperature (°C) -55.4
environment Mean temperature in February (°C)
The Vostok station is located at the “Pole of Cold” and at the
Mean temperature in July (°C)
South geophysical pole of the globe. The ice cover thickness in
ENVIRONMENT
this area comprises 3700 m with the thickness of the snow-firn
Region Continental Antarctica
strata of about 120 m. The ice sheet bed under the station is
at a mark of approximately 200 m below the sea level. There Antarctic Environmental Domain: Q – East Antarctic high interior ice
are no natural water bodies in the station area. The outcrops of sheet
bedrock are absent. The ice sheet is perennially snow-covered. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 7 East Antarctica
The landscapes of this area are distinguished by a significant Altitude of facility (m) 3488
monotony and natural elements by uniformity. The mountain part Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet
General research and databases

Photos: Arctic and Antarctic Research Institute – Russian Antarctic Expedition


of the shield with marks of more than 2000–3000 m belongs to Long term monitoring Yes
the climatic area of inland Antarctica. The geographical location Waste management Yes The following year-round observations at Vostok are undertaken:
of the station, features of the underlying surface, solar radiation Hazard(ous) management Yes meteorological and actinometric observations, snow line
regime and atmospheric circulation govern the general climate Fuel spill response capability Yes measurements; total ozone content measurements and
severity. observations of the anomalous phenomena in the atmosphere;
geomagnetic observations, including ionosphere studies and
History and facilities observations of atmospheric electrical field variations; upper-
Vostok station was opened on December 16, 1957. The inland air sounding of the atmosphere; deep drilling of the Antarctic
research station Vostok is one of the major base stations of ice sheet; study of the influence of environmental factors and
Russia in Antarctica. The station infrastructure is represented micro-social conditions on the health of the Russian Antarctic
by four capital structures with the design DES power of 270 kW Expedition (RAE) participants.
and the oil tank capacity of 200 tons.
Features in the facility area
Blue ice, High elevation, Ice cap or glacier, Plateau, Snow,
Sustrugi.

Main science disciplines


Climate change, Environmental sciences, Geophysics,
Glaciology.

124 124 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru 125


SOUTH AFRICA
Features in the facility area FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 4000
SANAE IV

SANAE IV
Bird colonies, Blue ice, Clear air zone, Crevasse, High elevation,
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 500
Ice cap or glacier, Nunatak, Other Biological, Permanent
snowpatches, Rock, Snow, Sustrugui. Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Geophysics
Conference room (capacity) 12
Main science disciplines Logistic area (m2) 1000
Number of beds 80
Astrophysics, Environmental sciences, Geophysics, Marine
Showers Yes
biology, Terrestrial biology.
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V)
Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 80

SANAE IV
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 30
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 10
Number of scientists on station 5
(off peak/winter season)
South African National Antarctic Programme Max number of personnel at a time 80
(staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Neutron monitor and detector,
71°40’37.2’’S 2°50’41.9’’W CLIMATE 64 element imaging antennae, goniometer, omnipal receiver, cld
camera, pulsation, magnetometer, saol, liv flux pyrometer, seismograph,
Climate zone Inland Antarctica
meteorological instruments
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Scientific services possible:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 38.1
Long-term monitoring/observations: Cosmic ray studies, lighting + vlf,
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 223.2 HF radar observations, ionospheric, meteorological and seismologic
Dominant wind direction E observations
Location Sea Ice Break Up January, February, MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Vesleskarvet Nunatak, approximately 160 km from Fimbul ice November, December Area of medical facility (m2) 30
shelf. Station built on rock, Queen Maud Land area 50 km from Snow free period None Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
base. Total annual precipitation (mm) Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Precipitation type Snow Capability: Dental, Surgery
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -16.5 Equipment: Diagnostic X-ray, Surgery table, Defibrillator, Dental
machine
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -10.8
Distance to hospital (km)
Mean temperature in July (°C) -23.1
Ice sheet, exposed rock. Small lichen outcrop. Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
ENVIRONMENT
Closest emergency facility external (km)
Region Continental Antarctica
History and facilities Antarctic Environmental Domain: T – Inland continental geologic
Medical research capabilities Yes
Medical screening requirements Yes
SANAE IV completed and occupied in 1997, site moved from ice Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land
sheet 20km from ice shelf to rocky outcrop at Vesleskarvet for VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Altitude of facility (m) 850 Sea transportation: None
longer lifespan. Overwinter station in Antarctica occupied since
Type of surface facility built on Rock outcrop Land transportation: Bulldozers, tractor, skidoos
1959.
Long term monitoring Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Waste management Yes Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
General research and databases Hazard(ous) management Yes COMMUNICATIONS
Weather observations, upper air physics, HR radar, Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Telephone, VHF
Fuel spill response capability Yes
geomorphology. TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Air, Land, Sea
Transport to facility: Airplane, Helicopter, Ship, Skidoo
Number of airstrips 1

Photos: South African National Antarctic Programme


Length (m) of longest runway 1000
Width (m) of longest runway 50
Number of flight visits per year 4
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year 1
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, December
Ship landing facilities: Ice shelf

126 126 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.sanap.ac.za 127


Photo: Comite Polar Espanol
SPAIN
History and facilities
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
The area has had a long history of human activity since about
GABRIEL DE CASTILLA

GABRIEL DE CASTILLA
Area under roof (m2) 792
1820, including exploration, sealing, whaling, aviation and Area scientific laboratories (m2) 142
scientific research. Deception Island is one of the few places Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry,
in the world where vessels can sail directly into the centre of a Scientific diving.
restless volcanic caldera, providing the opportunity for visitors Conference room (capacity) 36
to learn about volcanoes and other aspects of the natural world, Logistic area (m2) 650
as well as early Antarctic exploration, whaling and science. Number of beds 36
Deception Island is also one of the most frequently visited sites Showers Yes
in Antarctica by tourists. The island is an Antarctic Specially Laundry facilities Yes
Managed Area (ASMA 4), with two Antarctic Specially Protected Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Areas ASPA140 and ASPA145. The station Gabriel de Castilla Renewable
was set up as refuge in 1990 mainly to support the scientific Power supply (V) 220
research carried out by Spain in Deception Island. The interest Power supply (hours per day) 24
in the natural values of the island was increasing among the Hydroponics facilities No
scientific community and, at the same time, the requests to Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 13

Gabriel de Castilla
develop research projects with the support of Gabriel de Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 20
Castilla refuge. Due to the improvement of its capabilities, in Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
Comité Polar Español 1998 Gabriel de Castilla was designated formally as a station.
Nowadays, the station Gabriel de Castilla provides a very good
Number of scientists on station
(off peak/winter season)
living and working conditions with livingroom with kitchen and Max number of personnel at a time 36
bakery. There are also seven sleeping room with four beds each (staff, scientists and others)
62°58’40’’S 60°00’30’’W CLIMATE and one laundry room. A scientist semi-permanent building with Specific device/Scientific equipment: Environment and Food Safety
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica two offices, two labs, one environment issues lab (equipped) Lab Equipment, one Gas Detector, one Ground Sampling Equipment,
one Multiparameter Photometer Spectroquant Nova 30A, one
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous and a bathroom. Other facilities include a ribbon boat store
Thermostat Lt 200, Three Pumps for Microbiological Testing
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 24 container, nautical equipment store container, two materials
Scientific services possible: Available tests 1. sewage water: filtration
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 130 of facilities container, wet lab container, health container / bod5 /cod/Suspended solids/Surfactants/Oxygen/Phosphate/
Dominant wind direction (infirmary container), workshop building, three building igloos,
November–March Sea Ice Break Up November logistic stores containers, freezer container, incinerator and
Nitrogen/Ammonium/Sulfate/Sodium/Manganese/Iron Conductivity/
Turbidity/pH. 2. Soil Pollution: Petroleum ether – Petroleum
communications area.
Location Snow free period January, February, hydrocarbons – Halogenated.
Long-term monitoring/observations: Seismic, Meteorological,
March
Located on Deception Island, South Shetland Islands it is a
Total annual precipitation (mm) 23.2 General research and databases Permafrost, Geodesy
summer station opened, normally, from November to March. MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Databases on volcanism, seismology, marine biology, limnology,
permafrost and meteorology are maintained. Research on Area of medical facility (m2) 15
Mean annual temperature (°C) -0.7
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 2.6
coastal biology, pollution, human impact, invasive species. Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
environment
The area is located in an active volcano, and there is a unique
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.9
Features in the facility area Capability Basic, Dental
ENVIRONMENT Equipment: Anesthesia, Biochemistry, Diagnostic ultrasound,
community of organisms adapted to the geothermal activity. Bird colonies, Coast, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Mountain, Other
Region Antarctic Peninsula Telemedicine.
It is remarkably rich in criptogamic communities. There are Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Seal colonies, Snow, Distance to hospital (km) 1000
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
several penguin rookeries. Over 57% of the island is covered by island geologic Terrestrial geothermal.
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
permanent glaciers. A ring of hills runs around the island and is Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Closest emergency facility external (km)
the principal drainage divide, ephemeral springs flow toward the Peninsula Main science disciplines Medical research capabilities No
inner and outer coast. Several lakes are located on the interior Altitude of facility (m) 15 Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Ecology, Medical screening requirements No
side of the watershed. Kroner Lake is the only geothermal Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Environmental sciences, Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, VEHICLES AT FACILITY
lagoon in the Antarctic. Long term monitoring Yes Geophysics, GIS, Glaciology, Human biology, Human impact, Sea transportation: Five Ribbon boats and outboard motor.
Waste management Yes Limnology, Mapping, Marine biology, Microbiology, Pollution, Soil Land transportation: One ATV on wheels, one tracked ATV, two quad
science, Terrestrial biology. bikes, two telehandlers
Hazard(ous) management Yes
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Fuel spill response capability Yes
ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Telephone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Access Sea
Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad
Photo: Gabriel Gollanes
Photo: Moises Los Huertos

Number of ship visits per year 100


Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March,
November, December
Ship landing facilities: Wetdock

128 128 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.idi.mineco.gob.es/portal/site/MICINN/CPE 129


Photo: UTM
SPAIN
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
INTERNATIONAL FIELD CAMP PENINSULA BYERS

Area under roof (m2) 32

INTERNATIONAL FIELD CAMP PENINSULA BYERS


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 16
Type of scientific laboratories: None
Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2) 16
Number of beds
Showers No
Laundry facilities No
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 220

International Field Camp


Power supply (hours per day) 24
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 2

Peninsula Byers
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 10
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)

Comité Polar Español Number of scientists on station


(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 12
(staff, scientists and others)
62°39’49.7’’S 61°05’59.8’’W CLIMATE Specific device/Scientific equipment: None
Scientific services possible: None
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Type: Camp Permafrost Sporadic
MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 26
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 180
Area of medical facility (m2) 0
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 2
December–February Dominant wind direction
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Sea Ice Break Up
Capability: Basic
Location Snow free period January, February,
Equipment: None
March, April
International Field Camp Peninsula Byers is a camp located on Distance to hospital (km) 990
the South Beaches of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, South Total annual precipitation (mm) 800
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 30
Shetland Islands. Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Closest emergency facility external (km) 100
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.5 Medical research capabilities No
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.2 Medical screening requirements No
Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.4
environment ENVIRONMENT
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Sea transportation: None
Exceptional diversity of terrestrial flora and fauna. It is the most Region Antarctic Peninsula Land transportation: None
significant limnologic site in the South Shetland Islands. Area Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore WORKSHOP FACILITIES
extremely sensitive to human impact. Is the largest ice-free area island geologic COMMUNICATIONS
in the South Shetland Islands. VHF
Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Peninsula TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 10 Access Air, Sea
The peninsula has exceptional historical interest, containing Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
the greatest concentration of 19th century historical sites in Long term monitoring Yes
Number of airstrips 0
Antarctica, such as the remains of refuges, contemporary Length (m) of longest runway
Waste management Yes
artefacts, and shipwrecks of early nineteenth century sealing Width (m) of longest runway
Hazard(ous) management Yes

Photos on this page: A. Justel


expeditions. The camp was installed to support the scientific Number of flight visits per year 0
Fuel spill response capability Yes
research in the area during short periods of time. Due to the Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
increasing interest in the area, the camp is still operative but December
can be easily dismantled when required. It is maintained by the Helipad No
personnel of Juan Carlos I station who keep the camp in a good Number of ship visits per year
condition year by year. The camp consists in two fibre glass Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, November,
“melon huts” each of 6m x 2m in size, one set up for scientific December
research and the other for domestic activities. The camp is open Features in the facility area Ship landing facilities: None
to all the Parties. Archaeological, Biological features, Bird colonies, Clear air zone,
Fauna, Geological, Lake, Melt streams, Seal colonies.
General research and databases
Limnology, human impact, ecosystem, geology, coastal science, Main science disciplines
meteorology, lichen physiology, permafrost, microbiology, invasive Climate change, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geology,
species, paleontology and archaeology. Geomorphology, Human impact, Invasive species, Limnology,
Microbiology, Paleolimnology, Terrestrial biology.

130 130 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.idi.mineco.gob.es/portal/site/MICINN/CPE 131


Photo: Felipe
SPAIN
General research and databases FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 1735
JUAN CARLOS I

JUAN CARLOS I
Glaciology, lichen physiology, permafrost, geomagnetism,
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 220
ionosphere, and meteorology databases are available. Research
on limnology, microbiology, coastal science, soils, geology, Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Electronic, Geology,
Geophysics
geomorphology, geodesy are also conducted.
Conference room (capacity) 25
Logistic area (m2) 1215
Features in the facility area Number of beds 50
Bird colonies, Clear air zone, Coast, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Showers Yes
Melt streams, Moraine, Mountain, Other Biological, Permanent Laundry facilities Yes
snowpatches, Rock, Shoreline, Snow. Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Renewable
Main science disciplines Power supply (V) 220
Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change, Power supply (hours per day) 24
Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geocryology, Hydroponics facilities No
Geodesy, Geology, Geomorphology, Geophysics, GIS, Glaciology, Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 16
Human impact, Hydrology, Limnology, Marine biology, Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 11

Juan Carlos I
Microbiology, Oceanography, Pollution, Soil science, Terrestrial Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season)
biology. Number of scientists on station
Comité Polar Español (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 50
(staff, scientists and others)

62°39’48.3’’S 60°23’17.3’’W CLIMATE


Specific device/Scientific equipment: Microscopes, balance, basic lab
glass items, fume hood, centrifuge, refrigerators, pumps, pH meter.
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Scientific services possible: Biological, chemical and electronic
Type: Station Permafrost Sporadic laboratories.
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 14 Long-term monitoring/observations: Geodesy,
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) 180 glaciology, hydrology, meteorology
Dominant wind direction MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
November–March Sea Ice Break Up Area of medical facility (m2) 10
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Location Snow free period February
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Seasonal coastal Antarctic station located 200 m from shore Capability:
in a small bay in Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. The Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Equipment: Aeromedical equipment, Anaesthesia, Biochemistry,
station is close to Johnson Glacier and Sofia Mountain. Mean annual temperature (°C) -1.2 Haematology, Mountain medicine related equipment
Mean temperature in February (°C) 2.2 Distance to hospital (km) 990
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -5.1 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 100
ENVIRONMENT Closest emergency facility external (km) 100
environment Region Antarctic Peninsula Medical research capabilities No
Coastal area surrounded by glaciers. Around the station there Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Medical screening requirements No
are many different lichen species and some fauna including island geologic VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Gentoo and Chinstrap penguins, Elephant seals, and birds such Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Sea transportation: Four Zodiac rubber boats
as Skuas and Petrels. Permafrost is easy to find in the area. The Peninsula Land transportation: Three telehandlers, one tracked utility machine,
criptogamic prairies are remarkable. Vascular plants are present Altitude of facility (m) 12 two quad bikes, five snowmobiles
in the station vicinity. Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground WORKSHOP FACILITIES
ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Long term monitoring Yes
COMMUNICATIONS
History and facilities Waste management Yes E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone, VHF
The station was set up to support the interest shown by the Hazard(ous) management Yes TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Spanish scientific community in Antarctica, it was the first Fuel spill response capability Yes Access Sea
Spanish station in Antarctica. In December 1986, a group

Photo: Hita
Transport to facility: Helicopter, Ship
of four scientists set up a camp in Livingston Island in order Number of airstrips 0
to look for the right place to build the Juan Carlos I station, Length (m) of longest runway
taking into account that, at that time, there were no stations in Width (m) of longest runway
Livingston Island. In 1988 the first modules of the station were Number of flight visits per year 1
disembarked, in that moment, the Juan Carlos I station was Period of flight visits per year: January, February
installed. Since then, the station has been operative during 28 Helipad
years. The station was recently refurbished and was completed Number of ship visits per year 4
in the 2016/2017 campaign. The station consists of a set of Period of ship visits per year: January, February, November, December
buildings with two main modules, living/services, including Ship landing facilities None
infirmary, kitchen rooms and living room, with capacity for fifty
people, and a laboratory module able to cover different scientific
disciplines. There are another six modules dedicated to station
services: workshop, waste treatment, energy generation, storage,
fuel. One important aspect of the station is the importance given
Photo: Felipe

to energy efficiency in order to avoid energy waste and focus on


decreasing consumption.

132 132 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.idi.mineco.gob.es/portal/site/MICINN/CPE 133


SWEDEN

Wasa
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
WASA

WASA
Nunatak. Climate change, Climatology, Ecology, Geodesy, Glaciology,
Swedish Polar Research Secretariat Terrestrial biology.

73°03’00’’S 13°25’00’’W CLIMATE FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: None


Climate zone Inland Antarctica Area under roof (m2) 130 Equipment: Diagnostic ultrasound
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Area scientific laboratories (m2) 0 Distance to hospital (km)
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Type of scientific laboratories: None Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) 50 Medical research capabilities No
December–February Dominant wind direction
Number of beds 12 Medical screening requirements No
Sea Ice Break Up
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Location Snow free period None
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: None
Dronning Maud Land. The station is co-located together with the Total annual precipitation (mm)
Power supply type Fossil fuel, Land transportation: Snowmobiles, Haglund, 4WD
Finnish station Aboa at the Mount Basen. The distance between Precipitation type Snow Renewable WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Wasa and Aboa is about 200 meters. Together, the two stations Mean annual temperature (°C) -15.3 Power supply (V) 230 Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
form the Nordenskiöld Base Camp. The stations cooperate both Mean temperature in February (°C) Power supply (hours per day) 24 COMMUNICATIONS
in research and logistics. Distance to nearest year round Station Mean temperature in July (°C) -21.9 Hydroponics facilities No E-mail, Satellite phone, VHF
(Neumayer Station III) is about 500 km. ENVIRONMENT Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 5 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Region Continental Antarctica Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 8 Access Air
Biodiversity and natural Antarctic Environmental Domain: K – Northern latitude ice shelves Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: Airplane
Number of scientists on station 0 Number of airstrips 1
environment Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land
(off peak/winter season) Length (m) of longest runway
Mount Basen is a small Antarctic Nunatak completely Altitude of facility (m) 440 Max number of personnel at a time 20 Width (m) of longest runway
surrounded by ice. Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground (staff, scientists and others) Number of flight visits per year
Long term monitoring No Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, December
History and facilities Waste management Yes Scientific services possible:
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Helipad Yes
Hazard(ous) management Number of ship visits per year 0
Both Wasa and Aboa were built at the same time, no previous
Fuel spill response capability Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES No
Period of ship visits per year:
facilities at this location.
Area of medical facility (m2) 0
Ship landing facilities:
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
General research and databases Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Wasa is a small facility without permanent staff. The station
is personned and opened when there is Swedish expedition
activity in this area. The fields of science vary to a high degree
from expedition to expedition.

Photo: Henrik Törnberg

Photo: Jyri Näränen


Photo: Henrik Törnberg

Photo: Jyri Näränen


Photo: Henrik Törnberg

134 134 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.polar.se/en 135


Photo: National Antarctic Scientific Center of Ukraine
UKRAINE
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
VERNADSKY

VERNADSKY
Area under roof (m2) 1150 Area of medical facility (m2) 26
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 180 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Type of scientific laboratories: Balloon shed, Biology, Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Fluxgate, Geophysics, Scientific diving, Variometer Capability: Basic, Dental, Surgery
Conference room (capacity) Equipment: Anaesthesia, Biochemistry, Blood transfusion
Logistic area (m2) 385 medicine, Diagnostic X-ray, Haematology, Laboratory diagnostics,
Number of beds 24 Electrocardiograph, Electroencephalograph, Reflotron (biochemical
Showers Yes laboratory)
Laundry facilities Yes Distance to hospital (km)
Power supply type Fossil fuel Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 53.5
Power supply (V) 220 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Medical research capabilities Yes

Vernadsky Hydroponics facilities No Medical screening requirements Yes


Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 10 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 20 Sea transportation: Three plastic boats and six inflatable boats
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 5 Land transportation: Skidoos
National Antarctic Scientific Center of Ukraine Number of scientists on station 7 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
(off peak/winter season) ICTS, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Max number of personnel at a time 24 COMMUNICATIONS
65°14’44.7’’S 64°15’26.9’’W CLIMATE (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Meteorological equipment and
E-mail, Satellite phone, VHF
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
recording devices (mobile meteorological complex), marine and hydro- Access Sea
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
meteorological equipment (mechanical and automatic mareographs, Transport to facility: Ship
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 15.4 oximeter, bathometer, bottom sampler, manual coring winch), biological Number of airstrips 0
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) 144 equipment
Length (m) of longest runway
Dominant wind direction N Scientific services possible: Meteorological parameters, sea level
Location Sea Ice Break Up December measuration, sea water saltiness, oxygen content in sea water, deep Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
water sampling and temperature measuring, bottom deposits sampling,
Vernadsky station is located at Marina Point Galindez Island, Snow free period February, March
measuring of absolute values of magnetic field and baselines values. Period of flight visits per year:
Argentine Islands Archipelago, Kiev Peninsula, Antarctic Total annual precipitation (mm) 530 Long-term monitoring/observations: Meteorology, oceanography, Helipad No
Peninsula. The Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) 108 Precipitation type Snow and Rain geomagnetic monitoring, Ionosphere radiosounding, total ozone Number of ship visits per year 40
“Green Island, Berthelot Islands, Antarctic Peninsula” is situated Mean annual temperature (°C) 3.8 measurement in the atmosphere Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
9 km to the South from Vernadsky. CEP Visitor Site Guidelines Mean temperature in February (°C) 0.6 Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty
for nearest islands: Winter I., Petermann I., Pleneau I., Booth I.,
Mean temperature in July (°C) -8.7
Yalour I. The station is located in the vicinity to relict Galindez
Island Ice Cap (Woosle Hill), 51 m height.
ENVIRONMENT History and facilities Features in the facility area
Region Antarctic Peninsula
In 1995 the British Faraday station was transferred to Ukraine Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Ice cap or glacier, Moraine, Other
Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore
Biodiversity and natural island geologic under the Memorandum of Understanding between the British Biological, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow.
environment Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Antarctic Survey and the State Institution National Antarctic
Main science disciplines
Peninsula
Scientific Center of Ukraine (July 20, 1995). February 6,
Fauna: The following species are regularly sighted on the
1996 the Ukrainian State Flag was raised and the station was Climatology, Geology, Geophysics, GIS, Marine biology, Medicine,
Island: Adélie penguins (Pygoscelis adeliae), Gentoo penguins Altitude of facility (m) 7
renamed to Vernadsky. Microbiology, Oceanography, Terrestrial biology.
(Pygoscelis papua), Blue-eyed shags (Phalacrocorax atriceps), Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Wilson’s storm-petrels (Oceanites oceanicus), South polar
skuas (Catharacta maccormicki), Kelp gulls (Larus dominicanus)
Long term monitoring Yes General research and databases
Waste management Yes
Weddell seals (Leptonychotes weddellii). Flora: Rhizocarpon sp. Monitoring of environmental parameters in the Antarctic
Hazard(ous) management Yes
and Usnea Antarctica lichens are present on the island. The region, at all levels of geosphere – from tectonosphere to
Fuel spill response capability Yes geospace – and their transfer to the national and international
moss Polytrichum strictum is also found.
centers of scientific data (WMO, INTERMAGNET, MAGATE,
BAS), including: research of the Earth magnetic field, radio
sounding of the ionosphere in the Southern Polar region, hydro-
meteorological research, geophysical research of the Earth
lithosphere, research of the West Antarctic biosphere, medical
and physiological research.
Photo: National Antarctic Scientific Center of Ukraine

Photo: Pishniak
136 136 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.uac.gov.ua/en 137
UNITED KINGDOM
Halley VI
HALLEY VI

HALLEY VI
British Antarctic Survey

75°34’24.56’’S 25°28’1.05’’W CLIMATE


Climate zone Inland Antarctica
Type: Station Permafrost None
Mean annual wind speed (km/h)
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h)
Dominant wind direction
Location Sea Ice Break Up
Brunt Ice shelf, Caird Coast, 29 km south of the current shelf Snow free period None
ice edge. Total annual precipitation (mm)
Precipitation type
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -20
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -13 FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: Blood transfusion medicine, Diagnostic X-ray, Endoscopy,
Mean temperature in July (°C) -31 Area under roof (m2) 2000 Telemedicine
No flora. Occasional visits from very small numbers of Emperor Distance to hospital (km)
ENVIRONMENT Area scientific laboratories (m2) 200
and Adélie penguins. Occasional visits from very small numbers Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
of Wilson storm petrels, Snow petrels, and Antarctic skuas. Region Continental Antarctica Type of scientific laboratories: Chemistry, Geophysics.
Antarctic Environmental Domain: I – East Antarctic ice shelves Conference room (capacity) 52 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) 800 Medical research capabilities Yes
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 6 Dronning Maud Land
Number of beds 52 Medical screening requirements Yes
Altitude of facility (m) 37
Station on Brunt ice shelf, established in 1956, with Halley VI in Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Type of surface facility built on Ice-shelf
operation since 2012. In February 2017, Halley VI was closed for Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
the winter, station will reopen for summer season 2017/2018. Long term monitoring Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation:
Station comprised of main Halley VI platform, garage building, Waste management Yes
Power supply (V) 230 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
stores building and summer accommodation building. Hazard(ous) management Yes Power supply (hours per day) 24 Mechanical
Fuel spill response capability Yes Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
General research and databases Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 52
Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner, Telephone,
VHF
Meteorology, upper atmospheric, clean air sector chemistry, life Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 18
TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
sciences (Space flight research). Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 13
Access Air, Sea
Number of scientists on station 4
Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
(off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 52
Number of airstrips 1
(staff, scientists and others) Length (m) of longest runway 1100
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Width (m) of longest runway 50
Scientific services possible: Number of flight visits per year 20
Long-term monitoring/observations: Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, November,
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes December
Area of medical facility (m2) Helipad No
100
Number of ship visits per year 2
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 5
Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, December
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Ship landing facilities:
Capability: Surgery

Features in the facility area


Clear air zone, Ice shelf, Snow.

Main science disciplines


Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Environmental sciences, Geophysics, Upper atmospheric
science.

Photos: British Antarctic Survey


138 138 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarctica.ac.uk 139
UNITED KINGDOM
ROTHERA

ROTHERA
Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
Bird colonies, Bluff, Coast, Crevasse, Ice cap or glacier, Low Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,

Rothera
artificial light pollution, Low humidity, Melt streams, Mountain, Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geology,
Nunatak, Other Biological, Permanent snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Geophysics, Glaciology, Mapping, Marine biology, Microbiology,
British Antarctic Survey Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow, Sustrugui. Oceanography.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment: Diagnostic X-ray, Hyperbaric Recompression Chamber,


Telemedicine
67°34’00’’S 68°07’59’’W CLIMATE Area under roof (m2)
Area scientific laboratories (m2)
7200
450 Distance to hospital (km)
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous
Scientific diving. Closest emergency facility external (km)
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Conference room (capacity) Medical research capabilities No
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Logistic area (m2) 3600 Medical screening requirements Yes
Dominant wind direction Number of beds 136 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Location Sea Ice Break Up Showers Yes Sea transportation: Three 6.0m rigid inflatable boats (console), one
Rothera research station is situated on Rothera Point – a rock Snow free period January, February Laundry facilities Yes 4.8m rigid inflatable boat (tiller), one 6.4m HDPE workboat (console)
and raised beach promontory at the southern extremity of the Total annual precipitation (mm) Power supply type Fossil fuel, Land transportation: Thirty eight skidoos, three tractors, four loaders
Wormald Ice Piedmont on the south-east of Adelaide Island to Renewable (forklift/bucket capability), one snowcat, one bulldozer, one crane, six
Precipitation type
Power supply (V) 240 utility vehicles, one ATV, pick-up truck (fire response)
the west of the Antarctic Peninsula. Mean annual temperature (°C) -3.7
Power supply (hours per day) 24 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mean temperature in February (°C) -0.6 Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in July (°C) -6.7
Hydroponics facilities No
COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 120
environment ENVIRONMENT
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 40
Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Telephone, VHF
Flora mainly limited to lichen. Breeding colonies of South polar Region Antarctic Peninsula
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 22 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
skua, terns and Imperial Cormorants in the area. Large transitory Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore Number of scientists on station 5 Access Air, Sea
populations of other bird species (petrels, gulls etc). Regular island geologic (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
visits from Adélie penguins although no breeding colonies close Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 4 Central South Max number of personnel at a time 136
Number of airstrips 1
by. Occasional sightings of Chinstrap and Emperor penguins. Antarctic Peninsula (staff, scientists and others)
Length (m) of longest runway 900
Regular sightings of Weddell, Crabeater, Fur, Elephant and Altitude of facility (m) 16 Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Width (m) of longest runway 40
Leopard seals. Regular sightings of Minke whale and Orca, Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground Scientific services possible:
Number of flight visits per year
occasionally Humpbacks. Long term monitoring Yes Long-term monitoring/observations:
Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, October,
Waste management Yes MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
November, December
History and facilities Hazard(ous) management Yes
Area of medical facility (m2)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
31
100
Helipad No
Station occupied continuously from 25 October 1975. Phased Fuel spill response capability Yes Number of ship visits per year 6
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 22
construction programme since that time. Runway and wharf Period of ship visits per year: January, February, March, April,
Capability: Basic, Dental December
constructed in 1991/92.
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty

General research and databases


Marine and terrestrial biology, geology, glaciology, meteorology
and upper atmospherics.

Photos: British Antarctic Survey


140 140 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarctica.ac.uk 141
UNITED KINGDOM

Photos: British Antarctic Survey


FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability:
SIGNY

SIGNY
Area under roof (m2) Equipment:
Area scientific laboratories (m2) Distance to hospital (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: Analytical, Biology, Rough Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) Medical research capabilities No
Number of beds 8 Medical screening requirements No
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation: None
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land transportation: Two skidoos
Power supply (V) 240 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) 24 Mechanical, Wood workshop
Hydroponics facilities No COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 8 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF

Signy Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 6 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT


Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Access Sea
British Antarctic Survey Number of scientists on station Transport to facility: Ship
(off peak/winter season) Number of airstrips 0
Max number of personnel at a time 8 Length (m) of longest runway

60°42’29.8’’S 45°35’43.4’’W CLIMATE


(staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Autoclave, fume hood, ashing
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica
oven, analytical glassware, magnetic stirrers
Period of flight visits per year: None
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous Scientific services possible:
Helipad No
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Long-term monitoring/observations:
Number of ship visits per year 2
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h) MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Period of ship visits per year: March, November, December
Dominant wind direction
October–March Sea Ice Break Up January, November,
Area of medical facility (m2)
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer)
8
Ship landing facilities: Pier/Jetty, Beach landing for rubber inflatable
boats.
Location December Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Snow free period February, March, April
Signy research station is located on the South Orkney Islands.
Total annual precipitation (mm)
Precipitation type Snow and Rain
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -2.2
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.4
Approximately half the island is covered by a permanent ice- Mean temperature in July (°C) -7.7
cap, although the highest point, Tioga Hill, is a rock outcrop in ENVIRONMENT
the middle of the ice. The ice-cap descends to the sea via two Region
glaciers: the McLeod is by far the largest and terminates in an Antarctic Environmental Domain:
ice-front along a large part of the south coast; the Orwell is Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 2 South Orkney Islands

Photos: British Antarctic Survey


much smaller and terminates in Shallow Bay to the east. The
Altitude of facility (m) 5
east and west coasts are generally ice-free during summer. The
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
glaciers and ice fields on Signy are in a period of retreat as a
result of rising temperatures, and new areas of rock are being Long term monitoring Yes
exposed every year. The rest of the Island is covered in lakes, Waste management Yes
of which there are 16, and snow-free ground in summer, which Hazard(ous) management Yes
includes steep mountain slopes, mud flats as well as higher Fuel spill response capability Yes
ground with extensive moss banks. The flora of Signy Island is
largely cryptogamic. Only two flowering plants are found: the
History and facilities Features in the facility area
Antarctic hairgrass and the Antarctic pearlwort. Both of these Scientific research started on Signy Island in 1947 when a three- Bird colonies, Coast, Crevasse, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Lake,
are restricted in distribution, usually being confined to sheltered man team occupied a site in Factory Cove above the old whaling Melt streams, Moraine, Mountain, Other Biological, Permanent
north-facing slopes. The dominant plants are mosses (around station. A new hut (Tønsberg House) was built in 1955 on the snowpatches, Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Seal colonies, Shoreline, Snow,
50 species), liverworts (about 12 species) and lichens (around site of an old whaling station. Valley.
120 species). Algae and cyanobacteria may also be found in
wetter areas. General research and databases Main science disciplines
Penguin, seabird and seal biology, limnology and terrestrial biology Climate change, Limnology, Microbiology, Sedimentology, Soil
related to the Southern Ocean ecosystems and climate change. science, Terrestrial biology.
Long-term monitoring, in particular for the Committee for the
Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR).
Microclimate records exist for various sites on Signy Island going
back over 25 years. Much of the data has been collected to
support specific projects but now only one station is installed on
Jane Col, one of the more extreme habitats on the island with only
sparse vegetation comprising mosses and lichens. This type of site
is expected to show the greatest response to predicted climate
change. The present microclimate station, installed in January
2007, transmits data back to the British Antarctic Survey (BAS)
once a week via the Iridium satellite network.

142 142 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.antarctica.ac.uk 143


Photo: Hood
UNITED STATES
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Area under roof (m2) 16107 Capability: Basic
AMUNDSEN-SCOTT SOUTH POLE

AMUNDSEN-SCOTT SOUTH POLE


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 1748 Equipment: Altitude medicine, Diagnostic ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray,
Type of scientific laboratories: Astrophysics, Telemedicine
Geophysics. Distance to hospital (km)
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
Logistic area (m2) 2102 Closest emergency facility external (km)
Number of beds 150 Medical research capabilities Yes
Showers Yes Medical screening requirements Yes
Laundry facilities Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Power supply type Fossil fuel, Sea transportation:
Renewable Land transportation:
Power supply (V) 120 WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Power supply (hours per day) ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop

Amundsen-Scott
Hydroponics facilities Yes COMMUNICATIONS
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 90 Computer, E-mail, Internet, Satellite phone, Telephone, VHF
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 60 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT

South Pole
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 40 Access Air
Number of scientists on station 9 Transport to facility: Airplane
United States Antarctic Program (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 153
Number of airstrips 1
Length (m) of longest runway
(staff, scientists and others) Width (m) of longest runway
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
90°S 0°E CLIMATE Scientific services possible:
Number of flight visits per year
Period of flight visits per year:
Climate zone Inland Antarctica Long-term monitoring/observations: Helipad No
Type: Station Permafrost None MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes Number of ship visits per year 0
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 18.5 Area of medical facility (m2) 84 Period of ship visits per year:
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1 Ship landing facilities:
Dominant wind direction
Location Sea Ice Break Up
Geographic South Pole Antarctic Specially Managed Area Snow free period None Features in the facility area Main science disciplines
(ASMA) 5. Total annual precipitation (mm) Clear air zone, Ice cap or glacier. Astrophysics, Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Geophysics,
Precipitation type Snow Glaciology, Medicine.
Biodiversity and natural Mean annual temperature (°C) -49
environment Mean temperature in February (°C) -41
Mean temperature in July (°C) -60
The station stands at an elevation of 2,835 m (9,306 feet) on
Antarctica’s nearly featureless ice sheet, which is about 2,700 ENVIRONMENT
m (9,000 feet) thick at that location. The station, which is 850 Region Continental Antarctica
nautical miles south of McMurdo Station, is drifting with the ice Antarctic Environmental Domain: Q – East Antarctic high interior ice sheet
sheet at about 10 m (33 feet) each year. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region:
Altitude of facility (m) 2835
History and facilities Type of surface facility built on Ice-sheet
The first station, built to support researchers during the Long term monitoring Yes
International Geophysical Year, was begun in November 1956 Waste management Yes
and completed in February 1957. In 1975 the central area of Hazard(ous) management Yes
the station was rebuilt as a geodesic dome 50 m wide and Fuel spill response capability Yes
16 m high, with fourteen by 24 m steel archways, covering

Photo: Hood
modular buildings, fuel bladders, and equipment. In 1997, a
redevelopment plan to upgrade the station began. The new
station, which was dedicated in 2008, is one connected,
elevated facility. To accommodate changes in population from
winter to summer, certain areas can be closed.

General research and databases


Research disciplines include astrophysics and cosmology
(formation and evolution of the universe and detecting high-
energy cosmic neutrinos from deep space), aeronomy and
space physics (interaction of the solar wind with the Earth’s
magnetic field and understanding space weather), atmospheric
science (changes in atmospheric circulation and composition),
geophysics (monitoring global seismology), glaciology (ice sheet
physics, past changes in climate), and polar medicine.
Photo: Lucibella

Photo: Lucibella
144 144 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.usap.gov 145
UNITED STATES

Photo: Piuk
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
MCMURDO

MCMURDO
Area under roof (m2) 32750
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 5439
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Geology, GIS,
Scientific diving.
Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2) 7788
Number of beds 1200
Showers Yes
Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel,
Renewable
Power supply (V) 120

Photo: Hood
Power supply (hours per day)
Hydroponics facilities No
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 800
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 200

McMurdo
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 150
Number of scientists on station 3
United States Antarctic Program (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 1200
(staff, scientists and others)

77°50’53.5’’S 166°40’06.3’’E CLIMATE


Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Scientific services possible:
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 18 Area of medical facility (m2) 455
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 8

Photo: Lucibella
Dominant wind direction Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 2
Location Sea Ice Break Up Capability: Basic
McMurdo station is built on the bare volcanic rock of Hut Point Snow free period January Equipment: Aeromedical equipment, Altitude medicine, Diagnostic
Peninsula on Ross Island. Antarctic Specially Protected Area Total annual precipitation (mm) ultrasound, Diagnostic X-ray, Hyperbaric Recompression Chamber,
(ASPA) 122, Arrival Heights, is located near McMurdo. Precipitation type Telemedicine.
Distance to hospital (km) 0
Mean annual temperature (°C) -17
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 0
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) -9
Closest emergency facility external (km)
environment Mean temperature in July (°C) -25
Medical research capabilities Yes
ENVIRONMENT Medical screening requirements Yes
McMurdo station is a coastal station, though for most of the
year, the area is surrounded by annual sea ice. Penguins, seals Region Continental Antarctica VEHICLES AT FACILITY
and skuas are found regularly in the area. Antarctic Environmental Domain: S – McMurdo – South Victoria Land Sea transportation:
geologic Land transportation:
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 9 South Victoria Land WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Altitude of facility (m) 10 ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop, Plexiglas workshop,
The station was established in December 1955. It is the Wood workshop.
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
logistics hub of the U.S. Antarctic Program, with a harbor, COMMUNICATIONS
Long term monitoring Yes
landing strips on sea ice and shelf ice, and a helicopter pad. Its Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Satellite phone,
eighty-five or so buildings range in size from a small radio shack Waste management Yes
Telephone, VHF
to large, three-story structures. Repair facilities, dormitories, Hazard(ous) management Yes TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
administrative buildings, a firehouse, power plant, water Fuel spill response capability Yes Access Air, Sea
distillation plant, wharf, stores, clubs, warehouses, and the first Transport to facility: Airplane, Ship
class Crary Lab are all found on the station. Number of airstrips 6
Length (m) of longest runway
General research and databases Width (m) of longest runway
Research is performed at and near McMurdo in aeronomy and Number of flight visits per year
Photo: Rupp Period of flight visits per year:
astrophysics, biology and medicine, geology and geophysics,
glaciology and glacial geology, and ocean and climate systems. Helipad Yes
Number of ship visits per year
Features in the facility area Period of ship visits per year:
Ship landing facilities:
Coast, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Permanent snowpatches,
Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Shoreline, Snow.

Main science disciplines


Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Climatology, Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine biology,
Medicine, Oceanography.

146 146 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.usap.gov 147


Photo: Hood
UNITED STATES
Features in the facility area
PALMER

PALMER
Coast, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Ice shelf, Permanent snowpatches,
Rock, Sea, Sea ice, Shoreline, Snow.

Main science disciplines


Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Climatology, Geology, Geophysics, Glaciology, Marine biology,
Medicine, Oceanography.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE
Area under roof (m2) 2197

Photo: Spence
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 658
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry, Scientific diving
Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2) 245

Palmer
Number of beds 46
Showers Yes
United States Antarctic Program Laundry facilities Yes
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Power supply (V) 120
Power supply (hours per day)
64°46’45.6’’S 64°3‘20.0’’W CLIMATE
Hydroponics facilities No
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 24
Type: Station Permafrost None
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 20
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 10
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Number of scientists on station 3

Photo: Bonnette
Dominant wind direction (off peak/winter season)
Location Sea Ice Break Up Max number of personnel at a time 46
Palmer station is located on a protected harbor on the Snow free period: January, February, March, December (staff, scientists and others)
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
southwestern coast of Anvers Island off the Antarctica Total annual precipitation (mm)
Scientific services possible:
Peninsula. Precipitation type
Long-term monitoring/observations:
Mean annual temperature (°C) -2
MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 2 Area of medical facility (m2) 54
environment Mean temperature in July (°C) -6 Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
ENVIRONMENT Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
Palmer station is superbly located for biological studies of birds,
seals, and other components of the marine ecosystem. Region Antarctic Peninsula Capability: Basic
Antarctic Environmental Domain: E – Antarctic Peninsula and Equipment: Diagnostic X-ray, Telemedicine
Alexander Island main ice fields
History and facilities Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic
Distance to hospital (km)
Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km)
The station, built on solid rock, consists of two major buildings Peninsula
Closest emergency facility external (km)
and three small ones, plus two large fuel tanks, and a dock. Altitude of facility (m) 10
Medical research capabilities Yes
Construction was completed in 1968, replacing a prefabricated Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
Medical screening requirements Yes
wood structure (“Old Palmer,” established in 1965) 2 km away Long term monitoring Yes
VEHICLES AT FACILITY
across Arthur Harbour. Old Palmer has been disassembled and Waste management Yes Sea transportation:
removed from Antarctica. Hazard(ous) management Yes Land transportation:
Fuel spill response capability Yes WORKSHOP FACILITIES
General research and databases Mechanical, Metal workshop, Wood workshop
Research activities include work on population biology of COMMUNICATIONS
seabirds, chemical defenses of marine macroalgae and Computer, E-mail, Internet, Telephone, VHF
invertebrates, terrestrial plant biology, ultraviolet radiation TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
measurements and effects on marine organisms, atmospheric Access Sea
physics and chemistry, seismology, and marine ecology. Transport to facility: Ship
Number of airstrips 0
Length (m) of longest runway
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
Period of flight visits per year:
Helipad No
Number of ship visits per year
Photo: Hood

Period of ship visits per year:


Ship landing facilities:

148 148 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.usap.gov 149


URUGUAY
Features in the facility area
ARTIGAS

ARTIGAS
Bird colonies, Ice cap or glacier, Lake, Moraine, Rock, Sea,
Shoreline, Snow, Tundra.

Main science disciplines


Atmospheric chemistry and physics, Climate change,
Climatology, Ecology, Environmental sciences, Geology,
Geomorphology, GIS, Human biology, Isotopic chemistry,
Limnology, Mapping, Marine biology, Microbiology,
Oceanography, Paleoecology, Paleolimnology, Pollution,
Terrestrial biology.

FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Equipment:


Area under roof (m2) 1700 Distance to hospital (km)

Artigas
Area scientific laboratories (m2) 85 Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 5
Type of scientific laboratories: Biology, Chemistry Closest emergency facility external (km)
Uruguayan Antarctic Institute Conference room (capacity)
Logistic area (m2)
30
1147
Medical research capabilities
Medical screening requirements
No
No
Number of beds 63 VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Showers Yes Sea Transportation: Three Zodiac Rubber Boats (Mk-Ii, Mk-Iii And
62°11’07.3’’S 58°54’14.7’’W CLIMATE
Laundry facilities Yes Mk-V).
Climate zone Maritime Antarctica Land Transportation: Two All-Terrain Carriers, Two Quad Bikes, One
Power supply type Fossil fuel
Type: Station Permafrost Continuous Power supply (V) 220 Skidoo, One 4Wd Truck With Telescopic Handler.
WORKSHOP FACILITIES
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 27.5 Power supply (hours per day) 24
Operational period: Year-round Max wind speed (km/h) Hydroponics facilities No
ICTS, Mechanical, Metal workshop
COMMUNICATIONS
Dominant wind direction NW Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 9 Computer, E-mail, Fax, Internet, Printer, Satellite phone, Scanner,
Location Sea Ice Break Up September Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) Telephone, VHF
King George Island, South Shetlands Islands. Snow free period January, February, Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) 7 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
March, April Number of scientists on station 1 Access Air, Land, Sea
Biodiversity and natural Total annual precipitation (mm) (off peak/winter season)
Max number of personnel at a time 60
Transport to facility: 4WD, Helicopter, Quad, Ship, Skidoo, Walking
Precipitation type Snow and Rain Number of airstrips 0
environment Mean annual temperature (°C) -0.9
(staff, scientists and others)
Length (m) of longest runway
Specific device/Scientific equipment: Burners, fridges and microscope.
Artigas Station is located close to the sea and in the proximity of Mean temperature in February (°C) 1.3 Width (m) of longest runway
Equipment is provided by the scientific staff of each activity during
lake Uruguay and Collins glacier. their stay. Number of flight visits per year 4
Mean temperature in July (°C) -5.9
Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: January, February, March, April, May,
ENVIRONMENT
History and facilities Region Antarctic Peninsula Long-term monitoring/observations: CPE Glacier run – off. December
Helipad Yes
The year 1984 was a milestone year for Uruguay in Antarctica. Antarctic Environmental Domain: G – Antarctic Peninsula offshore MEDICAL FACILITIES Yes
Number of ship visits per year 1
In January 1984, the first flight landed and the location for the island geologic Area of medical facility (m2) 25
Period of ship visits per year: January, February
station was decided. In December 1984 the first building was Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 3 North-west Antarctic Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 1
Ship landing facilities: None
constructed. During 1987 a new habitation module and water Peninsula Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter) 1
system connected with Lake Uruguay was built. Altitude of facility (m) 17 Capability: Basic
Type of surface facility built on Ice-free ground
General research and databases Long term monitoring Yes
At Artigas station various research has been conducted, Waste management Yes
especially in the following five areas: Microbiology, Ecology, Hazard(ous) management Yes
Geology, Atmospheric studies, and Human impact. Further Fuel spill response capability Yes
research is conducted in relation to climate change, ozone
depletion and meteorology.

Photos: Uruguayan Antarctic Institute


150 150 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.iau.gub.uy 151
URUGUAY
FACILITIES INFRASTRUCTURE Capability: None

RUPERTO ELICHIRIBEHETY
RUPERTO ELICHIRIBEHETY

Area under roof (m2) 244 Equipment: None


Area scientific laboratories (m2) 33 Distance to hospital (km)
Type of scientific laboratories: Dry Lab, Geophysics. Closest emergency facility in Antarctica (km) 0.5
Conference room (capacity) Closest emergency facility external (km)
Logistic area (m2) 67 Medical research capabilities No
Number of beds 8 Medical Screening Requirements No
Showers Yes VEHICLES AT FACILITY
Laundry facilities Yes Sea transportation:
Power supply type Fossil fuel Land Transportation:
Power supply (V) 220 WORKSHOP FACILITIES None
Power supply (hours per day) 24 COMMUNICATIONS
Hydroponics facilities No Satellite phone
Number of staff on station (peak/summer season) 4 TRANSPORT AND FREIGHT
Number of scientists on station (peak/summer season) 3

Ruperto Elichiribehety
Access Sea
Number of staff on station (off peak/winter season) Transport to facility: 4WD, Helicopter, Quad, Ship, Skidoo, Walking
Number of scientists on station Number of airstrips 0
(off peak/winter season) Length (m) of longest runway
Max number of personnel at a time 8
Uruguayan Antarctic Institute (staff, scientists and others)
Width (m) of longest runway
Number of flight visits per year 0
Specific device/Scientific equipment:
Scientific services possible: Period of flight visits per year: None
Helipad No
63°24’14.2’’S 59°59’45.4’’W CLIMATE Long-term monitoring/observations:
MEDICAL FACILITIES No Number of ship visits per year 1
Climate zone Coastal Antarctica
Area of medical facility (m2) 0 Period of ship visits per year: January, February
Type: Station Permafrost Discontinuous
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Summer) 0 Ship landing facilities:
Mean annual wind speed (km/h) 28
Staff with basic medical training or doctor (Winter)
Operational period: Max wind speed (km/h)
Dominant wind direction
October–March Sea Ice Break Up
Location Snow free period Features in the facility area
Total annual precipitation (mm) Bird colonies, Coast, Hill, Ice cap or glacier, Melt streams.
Choza Inlet, South-East of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula, North-
Eastern Antarctic Precipitation type
Mean annual temperature (°C) -4.8 Main science disciplines
Environmental sciences, Geodesy, GIS, Mapping, Microbiology,
Biodiversity and natural Mean temperature in February (°C) 0.3
Oceanography.
Mean temperature in July (°C) -9.2
environment ENVIRONMENT
One hundred twenty thousand pairs of Adélie penguins breed Region Antarctic Peninsula
North-West of the station. Access to nearby Antarctic Specially Antarctic Environmental Domain: A – Antarctic Peninsula northern
Protected Area (ASPA)148 Mount Flora, Hope Bay, Antarctic geologic
Peninsula. Antarctic Conservation Biogeographic Region: 1 North-east Antarctic
Peninsula
History and facilities Altitude of facility (m) 2.8
Transferred by the United Kingdom to Uruguay on 8 December Type of surface facility built on
1997 and renamed Teniente Ruperto Elichiribehety Uruguayan Long term monitoring
Antarctic Scientific Station. Waste management No
Hazard(ous) management No
General research and databases Fuel spill response capability No
Soil microbiology and GIS mapping.

Photos: Uruguayan Antarctic Institute


152 152 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations www.iau.gub.uy 153
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information on the Antarctic Stations & COMNAP
Member National Antarctic Programs, please visit
www.comnpa.aq or any of these websites.

Australia www.aad.gov.au
Argentina www.dna.gov.ar
Belgium www.belspo.be
Brazil www.mar.mil.br/secirm/inglles/proantar.html
Bulgaria www.bai-bg.net
Chile www.inach.cl
China www.caa.gov.cn www.pric.org.cn
Czech Republic www.sci.muni.cz/CARI/
Ecuador www.inae.gob.ec
Finland www.antarctica.fi/in-english
France www.institut-polaire.fr
Germany www.awi.de/en
India www.ncaor.gov.in
Italy www.pnra.it
Japan www.nipr.ac.jp/english
Netherlands www.nwo.nl/npp
New Zealand www.antarcticanz.govt.nz
Norway www.npolar.no/en/
Peru www.rree.gob.pe
Poland www.pkpolar.pl
Republic of Belarus www.hasb.gov.by
Republic of Korea www.kopri.re.kr
Russian Federation www.aari.ru www.raexp.ru
South Africa www.sanap.ac.za
Spain www.idi.mineco.gob.es
Sweden www.polar.se/en
Ukraine www.uac.gov.au/en
United Kingdom www.antarctica.ac.uk
United States of America www.usap.gov
Uruguay www.iau.gub.uy

154 154 COMNAP Catalogue of Antarctic Stations

También podría gustarte